WO2022052671A1 - 一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和*** - Google Patents

一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和*** Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022052671A1
WO2022052671A1 PCT/CN2021/110295 CN2021110295W WO2022052671A1 WO 2022052671 A1 WO2022052671 A1 WO 2022052671A1 CN 2021110295 W CN2021110295 W CN 2021110295W WO 2022052671 A1 WO2022052671 A1 WO 2022052671A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
window
interface
application
electronic device
displayed
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/110295
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
牛思月
谷贺瑾
祁国强
白杨
刘诗聪
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022052671A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022052671A1/zh
Priority to US18/180,548 priority Critical patent/US11853526B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0483—Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451—Execution arrangements for user interfaces
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0481—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
    • G06F3/0482—Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/04842—Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0484—Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
    • G06F3/0486—Drag-and-drop
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G06F3/1423—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display
    • G06F3/1438—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display using more than one graphics controller
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G06F3/1454—Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units involving copying of the display data of a local workstation or window to a remote workstation or window so that an actual copy of the data is displayed simultaneously on two or more displays, e.g. teledisplay
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72448—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for adapting the functionality of the device according to specific conditions
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/724—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
    • H04M1/72469—User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones for operating the device by selecting functions from two or more displayed items, e.g. menus or icons
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04M—TELEPHONIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04M1/00—Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
    • H04M1/72—Mobile telephones; Cordless telephones, i.e. devices for establishing wireless links to base stations without route selection
    • H04M1/725—Cordless telephones
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/048—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/048
    • G06F2203/04803—Split screen, i.e. subdividing the display area or the window area into separate subareas

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of electronic technology, and in particular, to a method for displaying a window, a method for switching a window, an electronic device and a system.
  • a window displaying the mobile phone interface will appear on the PC, which is referred to as a "mobile phone window" in this application.
  • the screen content of the mobile phone will be mirrored in the mobile phone window.
  • the user can use the application program installed on the mobile phone in the mobile phone window of the PC through the keyboard, mouse or touch screen of the PC, etc., to realize the function of cooperative operation between the mobile phone and the PC.
  • users can also drag and drop files, pictures, etc. into or out of the mobile phone window through the drag and drop operation to realize file transfer between the mobile phone and the PC.
  • the PC can display the running interface of the mobile phone through a mobile phone window; or, the PC can further run multiple mobile phone applications in the form of multiple windows at the same time, and use multiple windows to display different
  • the application interface is convenient for users to compare data, perform drag-and-drop transmission and other operations.
  • the user may open the memo application of the mobile phone in one window, and open the gallery application of the mobile phone in another window.
  • the PC how to switch from the display mode of one mobile phone window to the display mode of multiple windows, so as to make better use of the advantages of the large screen of the PC, there is currently a lack of a simple and efficient switching method.
  • the present application provides a method for displaying windows, a method for switching windows, an electronic device and a system.
  • the method for displaying windows can display the interfaces of multiple applications in one window in the form of tabs, and can realize "single window” to ""
  • the fast switching of "multi-window” can better take advantage of the large screen of the PC and provide users with the experience of using mobile applications on the PC.
  • a method for displaying a window comprising: displaying a first window by a first electronic device, the first window including a first tab and a second tab; the first electronic device receiving a second electronic device The first interface information of the first application sent by the device; the first electronic device displays the first interface in the first window according to the first interface information; when the first interface is displayed in the first window, the first interface An electronic device receives the first operation on the second tab; in response to the first operation on the second tab, the first electronic device receives the second interface information of the second application sent by the second electronic device ; the first electronic device displays the second interface in the first window according to the second interface information, wherein the first application and the second application run on the second electronic device.
  • the first operation may be an operation of clicking the second tab.
  • the PC is used as the first electronic device and the mobile phone is used as the second electronic device, and one or more windows of the mobile phone are displayed on the PC as an example to describe the multi-screen collaboration process.
  • a connection has been established between the mobile phone and the PC.
  • the connection between the mobile phone and the PC may include various connection modes such as wired connection or wireless connection.
  • the mobile phone and the PC may be connected by a USB data cable, or the mobile phone and the PC may be connected by establishing a Wi-Fi connection.
  • the mobile phone and the PC are connected by a "touch" function in close proximity. Or, scan the code through Bluetooth between the mobile phone and the PC to connect, etc.
  • the communication bandwidth and rate are gradually increased, and data may be transmitted between the mobile phone and the PC without establishing a near field communication connection, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • multiple application interfaces may be displayed in the form of tabs in the multi-screen collaboration window.
  • different running interfaces under the same application can also be distinguished by tabs.
  • the interface corresponding to the first tab is the main interface of the memo
  • the interface corresponding to the second tab is the user click The secondary interface entered from the main interface of the memo.
  • the first application and the second application may be applications running in the background of the mobile phone, or one of the applications may be running in the foreground of the mobile phone, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the user operation may be an operation performed by the user through a peripheral input device of a PC such as a mouse and a keyboard, for example, an operation performed by the user through a mouse click, double click, right click, etc.; or
  • a peripheral input device of a PC such as a mouse and a keyboard
  • the user operation may also be a touch operation, a click operation, a sliding operation, etc. on the display screen, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type and manner of the user's operation.
  • a window, the multi-screen collaboration window is displayed on the display screen of the PC, and one or more windows installed on the mobile phone side are started and run in the multi-screen collaboration window.
  • application and the applications of multiple mobile phones can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window in the form of tabs, and the user can click the tab of any application to make the multi-screen collaboration window jump to display the running interface of the application.
  • the page signatures of some applications in the multiple applications can also be collected in the more button, and the user can further display a list of all applications running in the background by clicking the more button.
  • the method further includes: when the second interface is displayed in the first window, the first electronic device receives a second operation on the first tab ; In response to the second operation on the first tab, the first electronic device receives the first interface information sent by the second electronic device; according to the first interface information, the first electronic device is in the first The first interface is displayed in the window.
  • the second operation may be an operation of clicking the first tab.
  • the user can click on the tab of each application, so that the area where the mobile phone interface is currently displayed displays the application interface corresponding to the tab, and the application tab clicked by the user is displayed in a highlighted state, or referred to as "the selected application”. Selected state”, "focus state”, etc.
  • the method further includes: when the first interface is displayed in the first window, the first electronic device receives the first tab the third operation; in response to the third operation of the first tab, the first electronic device displays the second interface in the first window, and displays the first interface in the second window, wherein the first The window and the second window are different windows displayed on the first electronic device.
  • the third operation may be an operation of selecting the first tab and dragging the first tab.
  • the first window does not include the first tab.
  • the user can select and drag any application tab in the tab area to switch the application corresponding to the tab from the main window to an independent sub-window, and display it in the independent sub-window
  • the running interface of the application The method is simple to operate, and can quickly realize the switch from "single window” to "multi-window".
  • the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows" can better utilize the advantages of the large screen of the PC and provide users with The experience of using the mobile phone application on the PC; in addition, in the process of switching the windows, the process of the running application will not be interrupted, which improves the user experience.
  • the method further includes: when the first interface is displayed in the first window, the first electronic device receives the second tab the fourth operation; in response to the fourth operation of the second tab, the first electronic device displays the first interface in the first window, and displays the second interface in the second window, wherein the first A window and the second window are different windows displayed on the second electronic device.
  • the fourth operation may be an operation of selecting the second tab and dragging the second tab.
  • the first window does not include the second tab.
  • the first window includes a close button
  • the method further includes: the first electronic device receives a click operation on the close button, and responds to a click operation on the close button.
  • the click operation of the close button causes the first electronic device to close the first window.
  • the user can switch the application corresponding to the tab from the main window to an independent sub-window by selecting and dragging any application tab in the tab area, and display the application in the independent sub-window.
  • the tab can be a tab in a selected state that is being displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window, or can be a tab in a non-selected state, in other words, the application of this tab can be running in the foreground or running in the background.
  • the method when closing the first window, the method further includes: the first electronic device closes the second window.
  • a pop-up window may ask the user whether to close other windows other than the operated window.
  • close all windows When user authorization is closed, close all windows.
  • the same button included in the function area in the main window and the sub-window may have different functions or have the same function.
  • buttons in the main window may have the function of controlling the main window and the sub-window, while the button in the sub-window only has the function of controlling the sub-window. Or, for the same button, the button in the main window and the button in the subwindow have the same function.
  • the method further includes: the first electronic device receiving a fifth operation of moving a first file to a target window, where the first file is the The file stored in the first electronic device, the target window is the first window or the second window; if the interface displayed in the target window is the first interface, in response to the fifth operation, the first electronic device will The first file is copied to the first application; if the interface displayed in the target window is the second interface, in response to the fifth operation, the first electronic device copies the first file to the second application.
  • the fifth operation may be an operation of selecting the first file and dragging the first file to the first window or the second window.
  • file sharing can be realized between a mobile phone and a PC, as well as between different applications of the mobile phone. Realize the transmission of files, pictures, etc.
  • the method when the first electronic device displays the first window and the second window, the method further includes: the first electronic device receives a The sixth operation of moving the second file displayed in the first window to the second window; if the interface displayed in the second window is the first interface, in response to the sixth operation, the first electronic device will The first file is copied to the first application; if the interface displayed in the second window is the second interface, in response to the sixth operation, the first electronic device copies the first file to the second application .
  • the sixth operation may be an operation of selecting the second file and dragging the second file to the second window.
  • the method further includes: displaying, by the first electronic device, a multitasking interface in the first window, where the multitasking interface includes at least one application card , the application card includes a third application card, the third application card corresponds to the third application; the first electronic device receives a seventh operation on the third application card; in response to the seventh operation, the first electronic device receives The third interface information of the third application sent by the second electronic device; the first electronic device displays the third interface of the third application in a third window according to the third interface information, wherein the third interface The window and the first window are different windows on the second electronic device.
  • the seventh operation may be an operation of selecting the third application card and dragging the third application card.
  • the method when the first electronic device displays the third interface in the first window or the second window, the method further includes: responding to For the seventh operation on the third application card, the first electronic device displays prompt information, where the prompt information is used to prompt the user that the third application has been displayed.
  • the application corresponding to the card is switched from the main window to an independent sub-window, and the application's information is displayed in the independent sub-window. Run the interface.
  • the method is simple to operate, and can quickly realize the switch from "single window” to "multi-window".
  • the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows" can better utilize the advantages of the large screen of the PC and provide users with The experience of using the mobile phone application on the PC; in addition, in the process of switching the windows, the process of the running application will not be interrupted, which improves the user experience.
  • another reminder window may be automatically displayed for prompting the user that "it has been opened in a new window".
  • the user may be prompted that the window has been displayed in a new window by reminding the window.
  • the method can avoid user's misoperation and improve user experience.
  • the first window includes a shortcut button, and when the second tab and the page corresponding to the second tab are displayed in the first window
  • the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects a click operation on the shortcut button, in response to the click operation, the second electronic device automatically displays the second interface in the third window, and the The first tab is no longer included in the first window, wherein the first window and the third window are different windows on the second electronic device.
  • the shortcut button is displayed in a gray unavailable state.
  • the method further includes: receiving, by the first electronic device, an operation of a user starting a third application, and in response to the operation, starting the third application and Display the third interface of the third application; the first electronic device determines the display content information of the third interface and sends it to the second electronic device; the second electronic device according to the received display content information of the third interface, A third tab and the third interface corresponding to the third tab are displayed in the first window.
  • the embodiments of the present application introduce a variety of display methods for multi-screen collaboration windows.
  • the user can open one or more applications on the mobile phone, and the applications of multiple mobile phones can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window in the form of tabs.
  • the user can click on any application page. tab, so that the multi-screen collaboration window quickly jumps to display the application interface corresponding to the tab.
  • only the currently running application can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window. If the user needs to switch from the current application to other applications in the background, he can enter the multi-tasking page of the mobile phone through the multi-tasking button.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is simple to operate, and the user can quickly switch from the currently used application to another application running in the background, which improves the operation efficiency and improves the user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a method for switching windows, the user can select and drag the tab of the tab area, or select and drag the application name hidden in the "more” button, or select and drag By dragging any application card on the multitasking interface, any application on the mobile phone side is displayed on the PC interface in the form of an independent sub-window.
  • the method is simple to operate, and can quickly realize the switch from "single window” to "multi-window".
  • the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows" can better utilize the advantages of the large screen of the PC and provide users with The experience of using the mobile phone application on the PC; in addition, in the process of switching the windows, the processes of other running applications will not be interrupted, which improves the user experience.
  • the mobile phone background can obtain the user's operation, and distinguish the action object of the operation according to the user's operation - the one that performs the corresponding operation. application, and then determine the running state and window display state of the application, so as to obtain an operation result that is more in line with the user's expectation.
  • the implementation of the present application also provides a method for sharing files, which can realize file sharing between a mobile phone and a PC, as well as between different applications of the mobile phone. Realize the transmission of files, pictures, etc.
  • a method for sharing files which can realize file sharing between a mobile phone and a PC, as well as between different applications of the mobile phone. Realize the transmission of files, pictures, etc.
  • students and other user groups who often use PCs and mobile phones at the same time, in the process of use, users can only pay attention to the screen of the PC, and access the data of the mobile phone through the PC. Switching between mobile phones greatly improves the efficiency of users' work and study.
  • a method for displaying a window comprising: a first electronic device receiving interface information of a main interface sent by a second electronic device; the first electronic device, according to the interface information of the main interface, The main interface is displayed in the window, and the main page includes application icons of at least one application installed on the second electronic device; the first electronic device receives a first operation on the first application icon, the at least one application The application icon of the application includes the first application icon; in response to the first operation, the first electronic device displays an option for opening the first application in the second window; the first electronic device receives the first selection of the option; Second operation; in response to the second operation, the first electronic device displays the interface of the first application in the second window, wherein the first window and the second window are different windows on the second electronic device.
  • the maximum number of display windows of the first electronic device is N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the method further includes: when the first electronic display When the number of windows is N, in response to the second operation, the first electronic device displays prompt information, where the prompt information is used to prompt the user that the number of windows displayed in the display area of the first electronic device has reached the maximum value.
  • a system for displaying a window includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device that communicate with each other, the first electronic device is configured to: display a first window, the first window includes a first page tab and second tab; receive the first interface information of the first application sent by the second electronic device; display the first interface in the first window according to the first interface information; when the first window displays the first interface In the first interface, receive the first operation on the second tab; in response to the first operation on the second tab, receive the second interface information of the second application sent by the second electronic device; according to the second interface information, displaying the second interface in the first window, wherein the first application and the second application run on the second electronic device; and, the second electronic device is used for: sending the first application to the first The electronic device sends the first interface information of the first application; and sends the second interface information of the second application to the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device is further configured to: when displaying the second interface in the first window, receive a second operation on the first tab; In response to the second operation on the first tab, receive the first interface information sent by the second electronic device; display the first interface in the first window according to the first interface information; and, the The second electronic device is used for: sending the first interface information to the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device is further configured to: when the first interface is displayed in the first window, receive information on the first tab The third operation; in response to the third operation on the first tab, display the second interface in the first window, and display the first interface in the second window, wherein the first window and the second window for different windows displayed on the first electronic device.
  • the first window does not include the first tab.
  • the first electronic device is further configured to: when the first interface is displayed in the first window, receive information on the second tab Fourth operation; in response to the fourth operation on the second tab, display the first interface in the first window, and display the second interface in the second window, wherein the first window and the second The windows are different windows displayed on the first electronic device.
  • the first window does not include the second tab.
  • the first window includes a close button
  • the first electronic device is further configured to: receive a click operation on the close button, and respond to the close button.
  • the click operation of the close button closes the first window.
  • the first electronic device when the first window is closed, the first electronic device is further configured to: close the second window.
  • the first electronic device is further configured to: receive a fifth operation of moving a first file to a target window, where the first file is the first file A file stored in an electronic device, the target window is the first window or the second window; if the interface displayed in the target window is the first interface, in response to the fifth operation, copy the first file to the first application; if the interface displayed in the target window is the second interface, in response to the fifth operation, copy the first file to the second application.
  • the first electronic device when the first electronic device displays the first window and the second window, the first electronic device is further configured to: receive the The sixth operation of moving the second file displayed in the first window to the second window; if the interface displayed in the second window is the first interface, in response to the sixth operation, copy the first file to the first application; if the interface displayed in the second window is the second interface, in response to the sixth operation, copy the first file to the second application.
  • the first electronic device is further configured to: display a multitasking interface in the first window, the multitasking interface including at least one application card,
  • the application card includes a third application card, the third application card corresponds to a third application; a seventh operation on the third application card is received; in response to the seventh operation, the third application sent by the second electronic device is received the third interface information; according to the third interface information, display the third interface of the third application in a third window, wherein the third window and the first window are different windows on the second electronic device and, the second electronic device is configured to: send the third interface information of the third application to the first electronic device.
  • the first electronic device when the first electronic device displays the third interface in the first window or the second window, the first electronic device further Used for: in response to the seventh operation on the third application card, displaying prompt information, where the prompt information is used to prompt the user that the third application has been displayed.
  • a system for displaying windows includes a first electronic device and a second electronic device that communicate with each other, and the first electronic device is configured to: receive interface information of the main interface sent by the second electronic device ; display the main interface in the first window according to the interface information of the main interface, and the main page includes an application icon of at least one application installed on the second electronic device; receive a response to the first application icon a first operation, the application icon of the at least one application includes the first application icon; in response to the first operation, displaying an option for opening the first application in a second window; receiving a second operation for the option; In response to the second operation, the interface of the first application is displayed in the second window, wherein the first window and the second window are different windows on the second electronic device; and the second electronic device uses To: send the interface information of the main interface to the first electronic device.
  • the maximum number of display windows of the first electronic device is N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the first electronic device is further used for: when displaying When the number of windows is N, prompt information is displayed in response to the second operation, where the prompt information is used to prompt the user that the number of windows displayed in the display area of the first electronic device has reached the maximum value.
  • a method for displaying a window is provided, which is applied to a system including a first electronic device and a second electronic device that communicate with each other, the method comprising: the first electronic device running a first application and determining the first electronic device The first interface of the application; the first electronic device sends the display content information of the first interface to the second electronic device; the second electronic device displays the content information of the first interface in the first window according to the received display content information of the first interface Displaying the first interface; if the second electronic device detects an operation of starting the second application, in response to the operation, sends an instruction to start the second application to the first electronic device; according to the instruction, the first electronic device, Start the second application and determine the second interface of the second application; the first electronic device sends the display content information of the second interface to the second electronic device; the second electronic device according to the received second interface the display content information, the second tab and the second interface corresponding to the second tab are displayed in the first window, and the first window also includes a first tab, and the first tab
  • the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects a click operation on the first tab, in response to the click operation, in the first window.
  • the first tab and the first interface corresponding to the first tab are displayed in the window, and the first window also includes a second tab, the second tab corresponding to the second interface running in the background.
  • the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects a long-press operation on the first tab, responding to the long-press operation , display the floating window of the first interface; if the second electronic device detects that the user drags the first tab to the first position to release the operation, in response to the operation, the floating window of the first interface follows the user's dragging The track of the first tab moves to the first position, the second electronic device displays the first interface in a second window, and the first window no longer includes the first tab, wherein the first The window and the second window are different windows on the second electronic device, and the first position is any position on the second electronic device except the area where the first window is located.
  • the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects an operation of the user starting the first application, in response to the operation, the second electronic device The electronic device switches the second window to the uppermost display, or, the second electronic device displays the second window in a blinking state; or, if the second electronic device detects that the user has started the second application, it responds In this operation, the second electronic device switches the first window to the topmost display and the first window displays the second interface, or the second electronic device displays the first window in a blinking state and the first window displays the second interface. The window displays the second interface.
  • the first window includes a first display area and a first functional area, and the first functional area includes one or more for controlling the first window. a plurality of buttons, the second window includes a second display area and a second function area, the second function area includes one or more buttons for controlling the second window, the method further includes: the first electronic device receives The user's screen-locking operation, in response to the screen-locking operation, enters a screen-locking state and displays a screen-locking interface; the first electronic device determines that the screen-locking interface displays content information and sends it to the second electronic device; the second electronic device According to the received content information displayed on the screen lock interface, the first display area and the second display area on the second electronic device are switched to be locked and unavailable.
  • the first functional area includes a first close button
  • the second functional area includes a second close button
  • the method further includes: if the first The second electronic device detects the click operation of the first close button, and in response to the click operation, the second electronic device displays second prompt information, and the second prompt information is used to prompt the user to authorize the second electronic device to close the first close button. a window and the second window; when the authorization operation of the user is detected, the first window and the second window are closed at the same time in response to the authorization operation; or if the second electronic device detects the second close button In response to the click operation, the second electronic device closes the second window and continues to display the first window.
  • the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects that the user selects the target file and drags the target file to the release of the first window. operation, in response to the operation, the target file is copied to the second application, wherein the target file is a file displayed on the first interface in the second window, or the target file is the second electronic device locally stored files.
  • the maximum number of display windows in the display area of the second electronic device is N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, when the second electronic device When the display area of the electronic device displays the first window and N-1 second windows, and the first window displays a third tab and the third interface corresponding to the third tab, the method further includes : If the second electronic device detects the first operation on the third tab, in response to the first operation, display first prompt information, the first prompt information is used to prompt the user of the display area of the second electronic device The number of displayed windows has reached the maximum value.
  • the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects that the user starts an operation of the multitasking interface in the first window, responding to the Start the operation of the multitasking interface, the first window displays the multitasking interface, and the multitasking interface at least includes the card of the second application; if the second electronic device detects the long-press operation of the card of the second application, In response to the long-press operation, the floating window of the second interface is displayed; if the second electronic device detects that the user drags the card of the second application to the second position and releases the operation, in response to the operation, the second The floating window of the interface moves to the second position following the trajectory of the user dragging the card of the second application, the second electronic device displays the second interface in the third window, and the first window no longer includes the first window.
  • Two tabs, wherein the first window and the third window are different windows on the second electronic device, and the second position is any position on the second electronic device except
  • the method when the second electronic device displays the second interface in the third window, the method further includes: if the second electronic device displays the second interface A second operation of the card of the second application is detected on the multitasking interface of the first window, and in response to the second operation, the second prompt information is displayed, and the second prompt information is used to prompt the user that the second operation The application is already displayed in this third window.
  • the first window includes a shortcut button, when the second tab and the page corresponding to the second tab are displayed in the first window.
  • the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects a click operation on the shortcut button, in response to the click operation, the second electronic device automatically displays the second interface in the third window, and the The first tab is no longer included in the first window, wherein the first window and the third window are different windows on the second electronic device.
  • the shortcut button when the first window displays the main interface of the first electronic device, the shortcut button is displayed in a gray unavailable state.
  • the method further includes: the first electronic device receives an operation of the user to start the third application, and in response to the operation, starts the third application and Display the third interface of the third application; the first electronic device determines the display content information of the third interface and sends it to the second electronic device; the second electronic device according to the received display content information of the third interface, A third tab and the third interface corresponding to the third tab are displayed in the first window.
  • a sixth aspect provides a method for displaying a window, which is applied to a system including a first electronic device and a second electronic device that communicate with each other, the method comprising: the first electronic device determining the display content of the main interface, the main interface
  • the interface includes one or more application icons; the first electronic device sends the display content information of the main interface to the second electronic device; the second electronic device displays the content information of the main interface in the first window according to the received display content information of the main interface If the second electronic device detects a first operation on the first application icon, in response to the first operation, an operation menu is displayed, and the operation menu includes a menu for prompting the user to authorize the second electronic device to pass the
  • the second window displays the interface of the first application, the first window and the second window are different windows on the second electronic device, and the first application icon is any application icon on the main interface; when detecting During the user's authorization operation, in response to the authorization operation, the second electronic device displays the interface of the first application in the second window.
  • the maximum number of display windows in the display area of the second electronic device is N, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, when the display of the second electronic device When the first window and N-1 second windows are displayed in the area, the method further includes: if the second electronic device detects the first operation on the second application icon, in response to the first operation, displaying First prompt information, where the first prompt information is used to prompt the user that the number of windows displayed in the display area of the second electronic device has reached the maximum value.
  • the present application provides an apparatus, the apparatus is included in an electronic device, and the apparatus has a function of implementing the behavior of the electronic device in the above-mentioned aspect and possible implementations of the above-mentioned aspect.
  • the functions can be implemented by hardware, or by executing corresponding software by hardware.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions. For example, a display module or unit, a detection module or unit, a processing module or unit, and the like.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, comprising: a touch display screen, wherein the touch display screen includes a touch-sensitive surface and a display; a camera; one or more processors; a memory; a plurality of application programs; multiple computer programs. Wherein, one or more computer programs are stored in the memory, the one or more computer programs comprising instructions.
  • the electronic device is caused to execute the method of displaying a window in any possible implementation of any one of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides an electronic device including one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors for storing computer program code, the computer program code comprising computer instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the electronic device to perform A method for displaying a window in any possible implementation of any one of the above aspects.
  • a system comprising: a first electronic device and a second electronic device that perform the method for displaying a window in any possible implementation of any one of the above aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed on an electronic device, the electronic device executes any of the possible methods for displaying a window in any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the present application provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on an electronic device, enables the electronic device to perform any of the possible methods for displaying a window in any of the above aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a mobile phone provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of an example of a mobile phone and a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interface diagram of an example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic interface diagram of an example of a multi-screen collaboration process between a mobile phone and a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a multi-screen collaboration process between a mobile phone and a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart of an example of a window display process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic flowchart of an example of a window display process provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of an example of a drag strategy provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of an example of implementation of window rotation display provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of an example of automatic window switching provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are only used to distinguish, for example, “first electronic device” and “second electronic device” are only used to indicate different electronic devices, “first window” and “second window” “ is only used to indicate different display windows, and “first operation” and “second operation” are only used to indicate operations at different times or for different purposes.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for displaying a window and a method for switching a window, and the method can be applied to a system including two electronic devices that communicate with each other.
  • the two electronic devices are respectively referred to as a first electronic device and a second electronic device, wherein the second electronic device can display the interface of the first electronic device.
  • the second electronic device displays the main interface of the first electronic device through one window, or the second electronic device displays interfaces of multiple applications of the first electronic device through multiple windows.
  • the first electronic device may be an electronic device such as a mobile phone, a smart terminal, a wearable device, etc.
  • the second electronic device may be a PC, a tablet computer, a mobile phone, a smart terminal, a vehicle-mounted device, an augmented reality , AR)/virtual reality (VR) devices, laptops, ultra-mobile personal computers (UMPCs), netbooks, personal digital assistants (PDAs), monitors or TVs, etc.
  • a functional electronic device the embodiments of the present application do not impose any restrictions on the specific types of the first electronic device and the second electronic device.
  • the first electronic device and the second electronic device may be the same type of electronic device or different types of electronic devices.
  • the mobile phone 100 is used as the first electronic device and the PC 200 is used as the second electronic device, and one or more windows of the mobile phone are displayed on the PC as an example for introduction.
  • the method may be to display multiple windows of the mobile phone on the PC through an application program (eg, a multi-screen collaborative assistant, an EMUI desktop, etc.).
  • an application program eg, a multi-screen collaborative assistant, an EMUI desktop, etc.
  • the application may only be installed on the PC; or the application may be installed on the mobile phone and the PC at the same time; or, the application may be embodied as a first application (such as a multi-screen collaborative assistant) on the mobile phone, and the The PC is embodied as a second application (for example, EMUI desktop, etc.), wherein the first application is adapted to the mobile phone, and the second application is adapted to the PC; or, the first application is a program code preset on the mobile phone, There may be no corresponding desktop application icon, and the second application may be embodied in the form of a desktop application icon on the PC.
  • the implementation of the method can be based on various possible situations, so as to display the interface of the mobile phone through one window on the PC, or display multiple application interfaces of the mobile phone through multiple windows.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of an example of a mobile phone 100 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, an antenna 2, Mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, buttons 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and user Identity module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and so on.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light. Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structures illustrated in the embodiments of the present application do not constitute a specific limitation on the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 may include more or less components than shown, or some components are combined, or some components are separated, or different components are arranged.
  • the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the mobile phone 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing instructions.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is cache memory. This memory may hold instructions or data that have just been used or recycled by the processor 110 . If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. Repeated accesses are avoided and the latency of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby increasing the efficiency of the system.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous transmitter) receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input/output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input/output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus that includes a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL).
  • the processor 110 may contain multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 can be respectively coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the camera 193 and the like through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 communicates with the touch sensor 180K through the I2C bus interface, so as to realize the touch function of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communications, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 with peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193 .
  • MIPI interfaces include camera serial interface (CSI), display serial interface (DSI), etc.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured by software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or as a data signal.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard specification, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, and the like.
  • the USB interface 130 can be used to connect other electronic devices, for example, a PC can be connected through the USB interface.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present application is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the mobile phone 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the wireless communication function of the mobile phone 100 may be implemented by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modulation and demodulation processor, the baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G etc. applied on the mobile phone 100 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide applications on the mobile phone 100 including wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), bluetooth (BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), near field communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • BT wireless fidelity
  • GNSS global navigation satellite system
  • frequency modulation frequency modulation, FM
  • NFC near field communication technology
  • infrared technology infrared, IR
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , perform frequency modulation on it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves
  • the mobile phone 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194, and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or alter display information.
  • Display screen 194 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • Display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active-matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light).
  • LED diode AMOLED
  • flexible light-emitting diode flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Mini-LED, Micro-LED, Micro-OLED, quantum dot light-emitting diode (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the handset 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the mobile phone 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193, the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used to process the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object is projected through the lens to generate an optical image onto the photosensitive element.
  • the mobile phone 100 may include one or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than one.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to expand the storage capacity of the mobile phone 100 .
  • Internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, which includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone 100 by executing the instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area can store an operating system, an application program required for at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the mobile phone 100 and the like.
  • the mobile phone 100 can implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, an earphone interface 170D, and an application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the cell phone 100 also includes a plurality of sensors.
  • the plurality of sensors shown in FIG. 1 where the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense pressure signals, can convert the pressure signals into electrical signals.
  • the gyroscope sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion attitude of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the mobile phone 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the mobile phone 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected, and it can also be used to identify the posture of the mobile phone 100 , and can be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, pedometers, and the like.
  • Proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, light emitting diodes (LEDs) and light detectors, such as photodiodes.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense ambient light brightness.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also called "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be disposed on the display screen 194 , and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to touch operations may be provided through display screen 194 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the mobile phone 100 , which is different from the position where the display screen 194 is located.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the keys 190 include a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. Keys 190 may be mechanical keys. It can also be a touch key.
  • the cell phone 100 can receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the cell phone 100 . Motor 191 can generate vibrating cues.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, which can be used to indicate the charging state, the change of the power, and can also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the PC 200 may have all or part of the hardware structure shown in FIG. 1 , or include more hardware structures than those shown in FIG. 1 , This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of an example PC 200 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the PC 200 may include at least a processor 210, a memory 220, a communication module 230, a display screen 240, and the like.
  • the structure of the PC 200 illustrated in the embodiments of the present application does not constitute a specific limitation on the PC 200.
  • the PC 200 may include more or less components than shown, or some components may be combined, or some components may be separated, or different components may be arranged.
  • the illustrated components may be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 210 may include one or more processing units, and the processor 210 may be used to control and manage the actions of the PC 200.
  • Memory 220 is used to store program codes and data.
  • the communication module 230 may be used for communication between various internal modules of the PC 200, or communication between the PC 200 and other external devices, and the like. Exemplarily, if the PC 200 communicates with other electronic devices through a wired connection, the communication module 230 may include an interface or the like, such as a USB interface, the USB interface may refer to the description of the USB interface 130 in FIG. 1 .
  • the communication module 230 may include an audio device, a radio frequency circuit, a Bluetooth chip, a wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) chip, a near-field communication (NFC) module, etc., which can realize the communication between the PC 200 and the Interactions between other electronic devices.
  • the display screen 240 is used to display images, videos, and the like.
  • PC 200 may also include peripheral devices 250, such as a mouse, keyboard, speaker, microphone, and the like.
  • peripheral devices 250 such as a mouse, keyboard, speaker, microphone, and the like.
  • the processor 210 can execute the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 220, so that the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100 can form an electronic device system that communicates with each other, and further display one or more of the mobile phone 100 through the display screen 240 of the PC 200. multiple windows.
  • FIG. 3 is a block diagram of the software structure of an example of the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 provided by the embodiment of the present application, wherein the block diagram includes the software structure of the mobile phone 100 and the software structure of the multi-screen collaborative window module of the PC 200.
  • the software structure of the mobile phone 100 can be System layered architecture, Harmony OS architecture, event-driven architecture, microkernel architecture, microservice architecture, or cloud architecture and other software systems.
  • the software structure of the PC 200 can be system, system, A software system such as a system, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 has a layered architecture.
  • PC 200 has Taking the system as an example, a possible software structure as shown in Figure 3 is introduced.
  • the layered structure divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate with each other through software interfaces.
  • the The system includes, from top to bottom, an application (application, APP) layer, an application framework (framework) layer, a system library, a kernel layer, and a network transport layer.
  • the application layer can include a series of application packages.
  • the application layer may include application programs such as SMS, music, video, and navigation, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen framework service layer may be set at the application program layer and the application program framework layer. It should be understood that the multi-screen framework service module may also be divided into application programs.
  • the framework layer which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen framework service module may include a multi-window manager, a window coordinate synchronization module, a message notification manager, and the like.
  • the multi-window manager is used to manage the window programs of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the multi-window manager may acquire the size of the window to be displayed on the mobile phone 100, and determine the content of the window to be displayed, and the like.
  • the to-be-displayed window of the mobile phone 100 may include the window being displayed on the interface of the mobile phone 100 , and may also include the windows of one or more application programs running in the background of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the message notification manager may transmit messages between different application programs of the mobile phone 100, or messages between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200, etc., which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the window coordinate synchronization can determine the coordinates of the to-be-displayed window of the mobile phone 100 on the display screen of the PC 200.
  • the window coordinates are synchronized to obtain the new position coordinates of the window that has been enlarged or reduced on the PC 200 and updated.
  • the application framework layer can include various service programs or some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer can provide an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for the applications of the application layer.
  • API application programming interface
  • the application framework layer may include a content provider, a view system, a notification manager, and the like.
  • the content provider is used to store and obtain data, and make these data accessible by applications.
  • the data may include different types of data such as video, image, audio, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls provided to the user, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. View systems can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, for a display interface including icons of different applications, a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures may be included.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and the displayed notification information can disappear automatically after a short stay, without user interaction, or accept the user's close operation, etc.
  • a system library can include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (media library), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem of the mobile phone 100, and provides the fusion of two-dimensional and three-dimensional layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of a variety of commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing.
  • a 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • Android runtime includes core libraries and virtual machines. Android runtime is responsible for scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer at least includes a display driver, a Bluetooth driver, a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) driver, a near-field communication (near-field communication, NFC) driver, and the like.
  • the network transport layer can be used for communication, data transmission, etc. between different devices, such as a Bluetooth module.
  • a Bluetooth module By establishing a Bluetooth channel between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200, data or messages, instructions, etc. are transmitted through the Bluetooth channel, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the communication between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 may be in a variety of different manners.
  • the connection between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 may include a variety of different connection manners such as wired connection or wireless connection.
  • the wired connection between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 may be through a USB data cable connection, or the wireless connection between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 may be established through a Wi-Fi connection.
  • the kernel layer of the mobile phone 100 may include a wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WIFI) module for connecting the mobile phone 100 to perform wireless connection.
  • WIFI wireless fidelity
  • the kernel layer may further include a near-field communication technology (near-field communication, NFC) module for realizing the connection between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 through NFC.
  • NFC near-field communication
  • the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 are connected by scanning a code via Bluetooth.
  • the communication bandwidth and rate are gradually increased, and data may be transmitted between the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 without establishing a near field communication connection.
  • the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 may display the window of the mobile phone 100 on the PC 200 through 5G communication, for example, By installing different or the same applications on the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200, data is transmitted by means of the 5G communication network.
  • the application framework layer can realize functions such as discovering the connection between the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100 and calling MSDP services.
  • the multi-screen framework service of the application framework layer can also realize functions such as dragging and sharing of files between PC 200 and mobile phone 100, display in single-window mode, and life cycle management of application collaboration.
  • the dragging and sharing of files between the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100, and the display of a window of the mobile phone 100 by the PC 200 can refer to the existing solutions, which will not be repeated here.
  • the lifecycle management of application collaboration is a software tool for configuring and managing applications, specifying the lifecycle of applications, and the like.
  • FIG. 3 also shows that the PC 200 participates in the network transport layer and the multi-screen framework service module of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the network transport layer is used to establish a connection with the mobile phone 100.
  • the multi-screen framework service module Used to display one or more windows of the cell phone 100 .
  • the PC 200 may include a multi-layer architecture, such as a pre-development layer, a PC software layer, an operating system (operating system, OS) layer, and a basic read only memory (ROM) multi-screen frame layer, etc., wherein the PC The software layer can run executable files (executable files, exe).
  • the PC 200 can preset an exe program for the multi-screen frame service module, and the exe program of the multi-screen frame service module can be embodied in the form of an App on the PC 200, or by running the multi-screen frame service module
  • the exe program of the module enables the PC 200 to have the function of displaying the window of the mobile phone 100 .
  • This application refers to the function module of the PC 200 that provides the window for displaying the mobile phone 100 as a "multi-screen frame service module", and the following will focus on the multi-screen frame service module used for displaying the window of the mobile phone 100 on the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200 may provide functions corresponding to the related services of the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100, and the multi-screen frame service module may also include a multi-window manager, a message notification manager, a mobile phone window display, and the like.
  • the multi-window manager can receive the information of the mobile phone window and display one or more mobile phone windows, and the information of the mobile phone window can include the coordinate information of the mobile phone window, the display content information of the mobile phone window, and the like.
  • the multi-window manager can determine to display one or more windows of the mobile phone 100 on the display screen of the PC 200 according to the coordinate information of the mobile phone window.
  • the mobile phone window display is displayed on the display screen of the PC 200 according to the display content information of the mobile phone window, and the mobile phone window display can be used to display one or more windows of the mobile phone 100.
  • the message notification manager can be used to display notification information on the PC 200, for example, display notification information in the form of a message pop-up window, a prompt sound, and the like.
  • Window coordinate synchronization can determine the coordinates and areas on the display screen of the PC 200 for multi-screen collaboration windows.
  • the transmitted data may include the relevant data of the interface content, and may also include the transmission of intentional instructions, such as "touch event" and other operation instructions (for example, instructions for starting, closing, moving, dragging, clicking, double-clicking, right-clicking, zooming applications, etc.); the transmitted data may also include parseable data formats defined between the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100, etc. , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 may also have different division manners or include more functional modules, to which the embodiments of the present application Not limited.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic interface diagram of an example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 and the PC 200 may establish a connection or transmit data using any one of the communication modes described in the related content of FIG. 3 , which will not be repeated here.
  • the window of the main interface of the mobile phone displayed on the PC 200 may be referred to as a "main window", a “multi-screen collaboration window” or a "mobile phone window”. an application window.
  • the other windows on the PC 200 that are independent of the "main window” and used to display the interface of the mobile phone running a certain application are called “sub-windows" or "XXX application windows”.
  • the “collaboration” in the “multi-screen collaboration window” referred to in the embodiments of the present application does not limit the display of the main window on the PC 200 and the interface of the mobile phone 100 to be consistent.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window and The display content of the main interface of the mobile phone 100 may be the same or different.
  • the application runs in the background of the mobile phone 100 and does not affect the display content of the screen of the mobile phone 100.
  • This application implements The example does not limit the display content of the mobile phone 100 .
  • FIG. 4 shows the main interface 401 of the mobile phone 100 after unlocking, and the main interface 401 displays a variety of applications (application, App), such as clock, memo, video, gallery, mail, calculation It should be understood that the main interface 401 may further include icons of other more application programs, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • applications application, App
  • the main interface 401 may further include icons of other more application programs, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 also shows the interface of the PC 200, and on the interface of the PC 200, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 of the PC 200 can display the same interface as the mobile phone 100, such as the main interface 401 of the mobile phone 100.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may include different buttons and function menus in addition to the area for displaying the interface of the mobile phone 100, and the user can switch the multi-screen through different buttons and function menus.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may display multiple application windows in the form of tabs.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may be divided into a top functional area 101 , a tab area 102 , a bottom area 103 and a middle area 104 for displaying a mobile phone interface.
  • the top functional area 101 may include:
  • the button 10-1 is used to set the window, such as size setting, display level setting and so on.
  • the user can set the multi-screen collaboration window 10 to be displayed on top through the button 10-1, that is, no matter how many windows are displayed on the PC 200, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is always displayed on the top layer.
  • the maximize button 10-3 is used to display the multi-screen collaboration window 10 on the display screen of the PC 200 with the maximum size.
  • the maximum size of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 can be adapted to the size of the display screen of the PC 200.
  • the aspect ratio of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is a fixed value, and may have a certain proportional relationship with the aspect ratio of the screen of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the height can be the same as the width of the short side of the display screen of the PC 200, and the horizontal width can be adapted based on a fixed aspect ratio, ensuring that the multi-screen collaboration window 10 on the PC 200 is fully
  • the display and the interface of the mobile phone 100 have the same aspect ratio, and when the user uses the application of the mobile phone 100 on the PC 200, a visual effect closer to the display effect of the mobile phone screen can be obtained, which improves the user experience.
  • the maximum size of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may be the same as the maximum size of the display screen of the PC 200, so as to better utilize the large-screen advantage of the PC 200, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • a close button 10-4 the user can click the close button 10-4 to close the multi-screen collaboration window 10.
  • the tab area 102 of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may include:
  • the user can click on the tab of each application, so that the area 104 that currently displays the mobile phone interface displays the application interface corresponding to the tab, and the application tab clicked by the user is displayed in a highlighted state, or called "selected state”. , "focus state”, etc.
  • different running interfaces under the same application can also be distinguished by tabs.
  • the interface corresponding to the first tab is the main interface of the memo
  • the interface corresponding to the second tab is the user clicking the main interface of the memo.
  • the secondary interface entered by the interface is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a tab corresponds to one application as an example, that is, different running interfaces under the same application are displayed in the interface corresponding to one tab.
  • an example will be given by taking one tab corresponding to one application as an example.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 when the user opens an application of a mobile phone through the multi-screen collaboration window 10, the running interface of the application can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window 10, not in the form of a tab, in other words. , at this time, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may not include the tab area 102 .
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 can automatically display a tab area 102, and the tab area 102 includes tabs of multiple applications opened by the user. This embodiment of the present application This is not limited.
  • the arrangement order of the tabs of the multiple applications in the tab area 102 is consistent with the order of the multitasking applications running in the background of the mobile phone.
  • each application tab in the tab area 102 includes a close button, and the user can click the close button of the application tab to close the application and the tab area 102 no longer includes the application tab. This is not limited.
  • the application corresponding to each tab in the tab area 102 is an application running in the background of the mobile phone 100.
  • the memo application may also be an application running in the background of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the interface of the mobile phone 100 does not display the interface of the memo, even if the interface of the memo application is currently displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window 10, the memo application still runs in the background of the mobile phone 100, which will not be described in detail later.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 jumps to display The main interface of the memo application, and at the same time, the memo tab is displayed in a highlighted state (or called "selected state") shown in gray.
  • the main interface of the memorandum application includes meeting arrangements recorded by the user, etc., and the content of the main interface of the memorandum application will not be repeated here.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 jumps to display the main interface of the memo application
  • the user continues to perform the operation as shown in (d) in FIG. 4 , clicks the music tab, and responds to the user's click Operation
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 jumps to display the interface of the music application as shown in (e) of FIG. 4 .
  • the music tab is displayed in a highlighted state shown in gray
  • the memo tab is de-highlighted and is in a "non-selected state”.
  • the interface of the music application may be the second-level interface of the music application opened by the user - the playback interface, and the content of the playback interface will not be repeated here.
  • the user operation may be the operation performed by the user through the peripheral input device of the PC 200 such as a mouse and a keyboard, for example, the user clicks, double-clicks, right-clicks and other operations through the mouse; Or for the PC 200 with a touch display screen, the user operation may also be a touch operation, a click operation, a sliding operation, etc. on the display screen, and the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type and method of the user's operation.
  • the black arrows shown in (b)-(g) in FIG. 4 represent user operations, and the user operations will not be repeated in the description of subsequent embodiments.
  • buttons 10-5 displays a window 105 as shown in (f) of FIG. 4 .
  • multiple application names are displayed in the window 105 in the form of a list, for example, some application names not displayed in the tab area 102: video, mail and calculator.
  • a window, the multi-screen collaboration window is displayed on the display screen of the PC 200, and the multi-screen collaboration window installed on the mobile phone 100 side starts and runs in the multi-screen collaboration window.
  • One or more applications, and applications of multiple mobile phones can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window in the form of tabs.
  • the user can click on the tab of any application to make the multi-screen collaboration window jump to display the application. operation interface.
  • the page signs of some applications in the multiple applications can also be collected in the more button, and the user can click the more button to further display a list of all applications running in the background.
  • Users can quickly switch from the currently used application to any other application running in the background through the application list in the tab or more buttons, and display the running of the application selected by the user in the multi-screen collaboration window. interface.
  • the method is simple to operate, and the user can quickly switch from the currently used application to other applications running in the background, which improves the operation efficiency and improves the user experience.
  • the bottom area 103 of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may include:
  • Previous button 10-6 used to return to the previous interface from the current display interface.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the secondary interface of the music application—the playback interface
  • the user can click the upper-level button 10-6 to return to The first-level interface of the music application—the main interface of the music application including music recommendation, radio station, and music list; if the user clicks the upper-level button 10-6 again, the user can return to the main interface of the mobile phone 100.
  • the upper-level button 10-6 may be displayed in a gray state to remind the user that the upper-level button 10-6 is currently unavailable.
  • the click action is performed.
  • the main interface 401 of the mobile phone 100 may serve as the upper-level interface of the main interface of each application, and the main interface 401 of the mobile phone 100 itself may not have an upper-level interface.
  • the multi-tasking button 10-8 the user can click the multi-tasking button 10-8 to quickly enter the multi-tasking switching interface from the multi-screen collaboration window 10.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 further includes an area 104 for displaying a mobile phone interface.
  • the area 104 displays the main interface 401 of the mobile phone. If the user performs a click operation on the memo tab, the area 104 displays as shown in (c) of FIG. 4 .
  • the main interface of the Memo app is shown.
  • the area 104 displays the playing interface of the music application as shown in (e) of FIG. 4 .
  • the area 104 displays the interface of the calculator application as shown in (g) of FIG. 4 .
  • top functional area 101 and the bottom area 103 introduced above can be understood as the control area provided by the PC 200 for the multi-screen collaboration window 10, and all buttons and menus in the control area are used to control the multi-screen collaboration window. 10;
  • the tab area 102 is used to switch the display interface of different applications in the multi-screen collaboration window 10;
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may also include more or Fewer buttons, menus, options, etc., which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a possible method for displaying a multi-screen collaborative window provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced with reference to FIG. 4 .
  • a user can open one or more applications on the mobile phone side, and applications on multiple mobile phones can be displayed on a page.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window is displayed in the form of a tab, and the user can click any tab of an application to quickly jump to display the application interface corresponding to the tab in the multi-screen collaboration window.
  • only the currently running application can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window.
  • the user needs to switch from the current application to other applications in the background, he can enter the multi-tasking page of the mobile phone through the multi-tasking button, and then select It is expected that the target application to be switched has complicated operation steps and poor user experience.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is simple to operate, and the user can quickly switch from the currently used application to another application running in the background, which improves the operation efficiency and improves the user experience.
  • the user opens multiple application windows at the same time, and the user needs to use multiple application windows to obtain the interface content of multiple applications at the same time, or the user expects to make better use of the large screen of the PC to display applications such as videos interface, while using the original smaller multi-screen collaborative window to use applications such as calculators.
  • the user may prefer to display the running interfaces of different applications through different windows. Therefore, the embodiment of the present application also provides a method for switching windows, which can facilitate the user to change the Quickly open multiple apps in multiple windows at the same time.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the main interface of the memo application, and the memo tab is displayed in gray. the highlighted state.
  • the floating memo application window 20 may have a dynamic display effect with the transparency gradually changing. For example, starting from the moment when the user selects the memo tab and starts dragging, during the entire dragging process, the floating memo application window 20 gradually changes from a transparent state to a semi-transparent state, with a dynamic display effect of gradually decreasing transparency.
  • the embodiment does not limit this.
  • the memo application window 20 When the user drags the selected memo application window 20 to a position on the PC 200 and outside the area where the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is located, the memo application window 20 is released, and in response to the user's release operation, as shown in Fig. 5 ( c) As shown in the figure, another window different from the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200 to display the running interface of the memo application.
  • the tab area 102 no longer includes the tabs of the memo, and the tabs of the music application and the gallery application are moved in turn according to the order of the tabs, and the tabs of the original memo are supplemented.
  • the video application hidden in the "More" button can also be displayed in the tab area 102 in the form of a tab.
  • the user can switch the memo application from the main window to an independent sub-window by selecting and dragging the memo tab, and display the running interface of the memo in the independent sub-window.
  • the memo application window 20 may be displayed in a highlighted state (or referred to as a "focus state"). ), that is, the memo application window 20 is displayed on the first level of the PC 200, or referred to as the top level.
  • the memo application window 20 can be displayed at a position that is infinitely close to the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and does not overlap with the multi-screen collaboration window 10; or, when the user releases the memo application window
  • the position of 20 is the center, and the memo application window 20 is displayed; or, combined with the display content on the PC 200, it is preferentially displayed in the blank area of the display screen of the PC 200, and does not affect the web pages, documents and other windows opened by the user on the PC 200. , which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the main interface 401 of the mobile phone 100 may continue to be displayed by jumping, and the music tab, gallery tab and video tab are displayed in a non-selected state.
  • the running interface of the music application corresponding to the music tab arranged after the memo tab may be displayed, and the music tab is highlighted, and the gallery tab and the video tab are displayed as unselected state, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the user can select and drag the music tab, as shown in (d) in FIG. 5 , on the interface of the PC 200 as another window different from the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the memo application window 20— - Music application window 30, displaying the running interface of the music application.
  • the tab area 102 no longer includes the music tab, and the gallery tab and the video tab are moved in sequence according to the arrangement of the tabs, and the position of the music tab is supplemented.
  • the mail application in the "More" button may also be displayed in the tab area 102 in the form of a tab.
  • the user can select and drag any application tab in the tab area to switch the application corresponding to the tab from the main window to an independent sub-window, and display it in the independent sub-window
  • the running interface of the application The method is simple to operate, and can quickly realize the switch from "single window” to "multi-window".
  • the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows" can better utilize the advantages of the large screen of the PC and provide users with The experience of using the mobile phone application on the PC; in addition, in the process of switching the windows, the process of the running application will not be interrupted, which improves the user experience.
  • the number of sub-windows may have a preset number limit, that is, an upper limit of the maximum number. Exemplarily, if the number of mobile phone windows supported to be displayed on the PC 200 is 3, then the number of sub-windows supported to be displayed on the PC 200 may be 2.
  • three windows are displayed on the interface of the PC 200: a multi-screen collaboration window 10, a memo application window 20 and a music application window 30.
  • a reminder window 106 can be automatically displayed on the interface of the PC 200 to remind the user that "the number of new windows opened has reached the upper limit", and the user can no longer follow the
  • the selection and drag operation described above separates the gallery application window corresponding to the gallery tab, which will not be repeated here.
  • the reminder window 106 may disappear automatically after the user releases the gallery tab, or automatically disappear after being displayed for a certain period of time (for example, 5 seconds), which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the memo application window 20, as an independent sub-window may have a different style from the main window—the multi-screen collaboration window 10.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is used as the main window
  • the memo application window 20 and the music application window 30 are used as sub-windows
  • the main window and the sub-windows have different styles.
  • the memo application window 20 may include, for example, (c) of FIG. 5 shows a functional area 201 and an area 202 for displaying an application interface.
  • the buttons included in the function area 201 shown in gray may be the same as the buttons included in the function area 101 of the main window, such as button 20-1, minimize button 20-2, maximize button 20-3 and close button 20-4 .
  • the same button included in the function area in the main window and the sub-window may have different functions or have the same function.
  • buttons in the main window may have the function of controlling the main window and the sub-window, while the button in the sub-window only has the function of controlling the sub-window. Or, for the same button, the button in the main window and the button in the subwindow have the same function.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 6, a multi-screen collaboration window 10, a memo application window 20 and a music application window 30 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200.
  • a reminder as shown in (b) of FIG. 6 is displayed on the PC 200 Window 107, the reminder window 107 can be used to prompt the user "the currently running sub-window will be closed, whether to continue".
  • the interface as shown in (c) in Figure 6 is displayed on the PC 200, that is, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the memo application window 20 on the PC 200 are closed at the same time. and music application window 30.
  • buttons can be similar to the "close” button and have different control functions.
  • the maximize button of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may only have the function of controlling the maximized display of the multi-screen collaboration window 10, but not the function of controlling the maximized display of other sub-windows, which is no longer required in this embodiment of the present application. Repeat them one by one.
  • multi-screen collaboration window More than 10 possible styles of the multi-screen collaboration window, including various buttons, etc., are described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window and each independent application window may also include different buttons.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 a memo application window 20 and a music application window 30 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200 , wherein the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100 , assuming that at least multiple applications such as memo application, music application, gallery application, video application and mail application are running in the background of the mobile phone, the gallery tab, video application and mail page are correspondingly displayed in the tab area of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 tab, and the Gallery tab, Video Apps, and Mail tabs are all unchecked.
  • spin buttons may be included, such as spin buttons 20-6 and spin buttons 30-6 as shown in (a) of FIG. 7 .
  • the switched out sub-window is the one after the user's rotation. style is displayed.
  • the size of the horizontal display and the vertical display of each application window can be adapted according to the content of the interface to be displayed of the application and the size of the display screen of the PC 200, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the user can switch to an independent sub-window from the multi-screen collaborative window of the mobile phone displayed on the PC, and display the running interface of a certain application in the independent sub-window, and display the running interface of an application on the PC with "Main Window +
  • the display mode of "multiple sub-windows" makes better use of the advantages of the large screen of the PC.
  • the user can independently perform operations such as closing, maximizing, minimizing, and hiding; and the user can also control all sub-windows through the main window.
  • the operation is simple and convenient, and the user can combine
  • the current usage requirements and the simultaneous use of multiple applications on the mobile phone have improved office efficiency and improved user experience.
  • the user can also use the "More” button to separate out the application window hidden in the "More” button.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) in FIG. 8 , a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the main interface of the memo application, and the memo tab is displayed in gray. the highlighted state.
  • the display next to the "more” button 10-5 is displayed.
  • window 105 displays in the form of a list part of the application list that is not displayed in the tab area 102.
  • the application list includes: video, mail and calculator.
  • a reminder window 108 may be automatically displayed on the interface of the PC 200 for prompting the user to "long press and drag, and the new window can be displayed. Open the app in”.
  • the user can follow the instructions of the reminder window 108 to perform operation 2 as shown in (a) of FIG. 8 , select the menu where the “Calculator” application is located in the window 105 and drag it along the direction shown by the dotted line.
  • the calculator application window 40 is displayed in the form of another floating window on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the floating calculator application window 40 can follow the dragging direction shown by the dotted line and continue to move on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the calculator application window 40 When the user drags the selected calculator application window 40 to a position on the PC 200 and outside the area where the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is located, the calculator application window 40 is released, in response to the user's release operation, as shown in FIG. 8 As shown in Figure (c), the running interface of the calculator application is displayed on the interface of the PC 200 with another window that is different from the multi-screen collaboration window 10.
  • the window 105 called by the "More" button in the multi-screen collaboration window 10 no longer includes the calculator application.
  • the user can switch the calculator application from the main window to an independent sub-window by selecting and dragging the calculator application, and The running interface of the calculator is displayed in this independent sub-window.
  • the user can also select and drag the video application hidden in the "more” button 10-5, as shown in (d) of Fig.
  • the video application window 50 another window of the collaboration window 10 and the calculator application window 40, displays the running interface of the video application.
  • the window 105 called by the "more" button 10-5 in the multi-screen collaboration window 10 no longer includes video applications.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the interface contents such as buttons and controls included in the video application window 50 .
  • the user can select and drag any application running in the background in the form of an independent sub-window by selecting and dragging the tab in the tab area, or by selecting and dragging the application name hidden in the "More” button. , displayed on the PC interface.
  • the method is simple to operate, and can quickly realize the switch from "single window” to "multi-window".
  • the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows" can better utilize the advantages of the large screen of the PC and provide users with The experience of using the mobile phone application on the PC; in addition, in the process of switching the windows, the processes of other running applications will not be interrupted, which improves the user experience.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and runs the memo application, music of the mobile phone 100 in the background. Apps, Gallery Apps, etc.
  • the main interface of the mobile phone 100 is displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window 10
  • the memo application, the music application, and the gallery application displayed in the tab area 102 are all in a non-selected state.
  • the multi-task switching interface displays the abbreviated interfaces of music applications, gallery applications and memo applications running in the background in the form of cards. You can view other applications running in the background in other ways, which will not be repeated here.
  • a reminder window 109 may be automatically displayed for prompting the user to "long press and drag to open the application in a new window".
  • the user can select the music application card according to the prompt of the reminder window 109 and drag it along the direction shown by the dotted line, as shown in (d) in FIG.
  • the music application window 30 is displayed in the form of another floating window on the interface of .
  • the music application window 30 in the suspended state can follow the dragging direction shown by the dotted line and continue to move on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the music application window 30 is released, in response to the user's release operation, as shown in Figure 9 ( e)
  • the running interface of the music application is displayed on the interface of the PC 200 with another window different from the multi-screen collaboration window 10.
  • the multi-task switching interface still displays the abbreviated interface of the application running in the background in the form of a card.
  • the music application has been displayed in the form of an independent sub-window, it is still an application running in the background of the mobile phone. Therefore, in the multi-screen collaboration window 10 as shown in (e) of FIG.
  • the multitasking interface still includes the music app card.
  • another reminder window 111 may be automatically displayed, using to prompt the user "Opened in a new window".
  • the user may be prompted that the window has been displayed in a new window by reminding the window. The method can avoid user's misoperation and improve user experience.
  • the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows" can better utilize the advantages of the large screen of the PC and provide users with The experience of using the mobile phone application on the PC; in addition, in the process of switching the windows, the process of the running application will not be interrupted, which improves the user experience.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 may not display multiple applications running in the background in the form of tabs.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides another method for switching windows, which can also quickly realize switching from "single window” to "multi-window".
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 10 , a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and the multi-screen collaboration window 10 does not include a tab area .
  • the title of the functional area 101 is changed from “multi-screen collaboration” to the application to which the current interface belongs—“Memo”.
  • a button 10-9 is included next to the application name "Memo" in the functional area 101, and the button 10-9 is used as a shortcut key to quickly display the current application in the form of an independent sub-window.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 11 , it is assumed that the multi-screen collaboration window 10 on the interface of the PC 200 displays the secondary interface of the memo application of the mobile phone 100, for example, “8” shown in (a) of FIG. 11
  • the "Monthly Meeting Arrangement" interface can be a secondary interface entered after the user clicks the menu on the main interface of the memo application as shown in (a) of FIG.
  • the application name of the functional area 101 is “Memo”.
  • the buttons included in the functional area 101 remain unchanged, for example, a button 10-9 is included next to the application name "Memo”.
  • the displayed content of the memo application window 20 is consistent with the secondary interface of the memo application displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window 10 in (a) of FIG. 11 .
  • the interface is consistent with the running interface of the application in the original main window.
  • the "return to previous level” button 20-5 disappears, which will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and the area 102 of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 can be used as The application tab is no longer displayed, and the embodiment of the present application provides a variety of shortcut buttons in this area.
  • the area 102 may include:
  • the switch sub-window buttons 10-10 are used to switch the interface displayed in the current window to an independent sub-window for display, that is, to quickly realize the switch from "single window” to "multi-window”.
  • the rotary buttons 10-11 are used to change the current window from vertical display to horizontal display, or to change the current window from horizontal display to vertical display.
  • Screen capture button 10-12 used to capture the displayed image of the screen.
  • the screenshot button 10-12 may be used to capture an image of the main window, and may also be used to capture an image of the screen where the screenshot button 10-12 is located, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • buttons 102 may include more other buttons, or include some of the above buttons, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the area 102 can be used as a control area provided by the PC 200 for the multi-screen collaboration window 10, and is not affected by the interface content displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window 10, and is always displayed.
  • the switch sub-window button 10-10 in the area 102 is displayed in a gray and off state, indicating that the switch is performed.
  • the sub-window buttons 10-10 cannot be clicked, in other words, the currently displayed main interface of the mobile phone 100 can no longer be displayed in the form of an independent sub-window.
  • the area 102 can be used as a control area provided by the PC 200 for the multi-screen collaborative window 10, and is not affected by the interface content displayed in the multi-screen collaborative window 10, and is always displayed.
  • the switch sub-window button 10-10 in the area 102 is displayed in a black lighted state, indicating that The switch sub-window button 10-10 can be clicked, in other words, the running main interface of the currently displayed memo application can be displayed in the form of an independent sub-window.
  • the user places the mouse at the position of the switch sub-window button 10-10, and the PC 200 displays a reminder window 112 next to the position of the mouse cursor, for prompting the user "click to switch the current application Open in new window".
  • the user can click the switch sub-window button 10-10 according to the prompt of the reminder window 112, and in response to the user's click operation, the PC 200 displays the interface shown in (d) in Figure 12, and automatically switches the memo application to In the independent sub-window—the memo application window 20, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 resumes displaying the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and the switch sub-window button 10-10 in the area 102 turns into a gray and extinguished state.
  • the above describes that the user can switch from “single window” to “multi-window” through shortcut buttons.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides another method for switching windows, which can also quickly realize switching from “single window” to "multi-window”.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200, and the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100.
  • the memo application and the music application are running in the background of the mobile phone.
  • gallery application, video application and other applications, the memo tab, music tab, and gallery tab are correspondingly displayed in the tab area of the multi-screen collaboration window 10, and the video application is hidden in the "More" button, and The memo tab, music tab, and gallery tab are all unchecked.
  • the user right-clicks the memo application icon of the multi-screen collaboration window 10, and in response to the user's click operation, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays as shown in FIG. 13 ( b) Window 113 as shown.
  • Window 113 there are multiple menus corresponding to different operations, such as “share”, “uninstall”, “text notes”, “voice shorthand”, “photograph”, “to-do” and other menu options.
  • “share”, “uninstall”, “text notes”, “voice shorthand”, “photograph”, “to-do” and other menu options.
  • a menu - "open in a new window” is added, and the user can switch from “single window” to "multi-window” through the newly added menu.
  • the user clicks on the “Open in a new window” menu in the window 113, and in response to the user’s click operation, the PC 200 displays as shown in (c) of FIG. 13 .
  • the memo application is automatically switched to an independent sub-window—the memo application window 20, the multi-screen collaboration window 10 resumes displaying the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and the tab area of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is no longer displayed.
  • the music tab, the gallery tab and the video tab are displayed in sequence in the background running order, and the music tab, the gallery tab and the video tab are all unselected.
  • the interface of the PC 200 has displayed a plurality of sub-windows of different applications in the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows", if the user performs different operations, in response to the different operations of the user, the PC 200
  • the display may also be different, and several possible implementation manners are introduced below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
  • the independent sub-window of the application can be dynamically flashed, highlighted, etc.
  • the user prompts the display position and display interface of the independent sub-window of the application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200, and the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100.
  • the memo application and the music application are running in the background of the mobile phone.
  • gallery application, video application, mail application and other applications, and the memo application window 20 and the music application window 30 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200 with independent sub-windows, and the tab area of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is correspondingly
  • the gallery tab, video app, and mail tab are displayed, and the gallery tab, video app, and mail tab are all unselected.
  • a memo application window 20 which is independent of the multi-screen collaboration window 10, has been displayed.
  • the memo application window 20 displays a highlighted state as shown in (b) in FIG. 14 , or on the PC 200 Blinks dynamically, or displays as the focus state of the mouse cursor.
  • the interface display content of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 does not change, and the main interface of the mobile phone 100 remains displayed.
  • This method can prevent the user's operation from causing multiple independent sub-windows to open and run the same application at the same time on the interface of the PC 200, save the power consumption of the PC 200, and be more in line with the operation results expected by the user.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 jumps to display the application interface corresponding to the tab, and the application interface corresponding to the tab is displayed.
  • the Apps tab appears selected.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed on the interface of the PC 200, and the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100.
  • the memo application and the music application are running in the background of the mobile phone.
  • gallery application, video application, mail application and other applications, and the memo application window 20 and the music application window 30 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200 with independent sub-windows, and the tab area of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is correspondingly
  • the gallery tab, video app, and mail tab are displayed, and the gallery tab, video app, and mail tab are all unselected.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 jumps to display the gallery application.
  • the main interface of , and the gallery tab is displayed in the selected state, that is, the application that the user currently expects to open is pinned to the top, which is more in line with the user's expected operation result.
  • the application corresponding to the tab can display the running of the application in the form of an independent sub-window. interface, and the application tab is no longer included in the multi-screen collaboration window 10 .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 and an independent memo application window 20 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100 , and it is assumed that at least multiple applications such as music applications, gallery applications, video applications, and mail applications are running in the background of the mobile phone, and the corresponding tab areas of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 correspond to The music tab, the gallery tab and the video application are displayed clearly, and the music tab, the gallery tab and the video application are all unchecked, and the mail application is hidden in the "More" button.
  • the gallery application when the user clicks on the icon of the gallery application that starts the multi-screen collaboration window 10, in response to the user's click operation, the gallery application is switched to an independent sub-window.
  • the independent sub-window can display the gallery application window 60 as shown in (b) of FIG. 16 , and the gallery application window 60 is in a dynamic flashing or highlighted selected state.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 continues to display the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and the tab area of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 no longer includes the gallery tab.
  • the page of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 The music tab, video tab and mail tab are displayed in the tab area, and the music tab, video tab and mail tab are all unselected.
  • the independent sub-window of the application can also be restored to the page displayed in the main window. Sign form, display the interface of the application, etc.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 a memo application window 20 and a music application window 30 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100 , and it is assumed that at least a number of applications such as a memo application, a music application, a gallery application, a video application, and an email application are running in the background of the mobile phone.
  • the area displays the gallery tab, video application and mail tab accordingly, and the gallery tab, video application and mail tab are all unselected.
  • the background of the mobile phone can obtain the user’s operation, and distinguish the action object of the operation according to the user’s operation—the application that performs the corresponding operation, and then The running state and window display state of the application are judged to obtain an operation result that is more in line with the user's expectations.
  • the app may be an app that is already running in the background, or an app that is not running in the background.
  • the embodiment of the present application will jump to the interface of the application or an independent sub-window of the application; when the application is not running in the background, the embodiment of the present application can further cooperate on multiple screens
  • the window 10 displays the running interface of the application, or displays the running interface of the application in an independent sub-window, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above embodiment mainly introduces the display process of the multi-screen collaborative window on the PC 200, and the switching process of the single window and the multi-window.
  • the user can use each application installed on the mobile phone 100 on the PC 200, and the application runs in the background of the mobile phone 100, and the mobile phone 100 may not display the running interface of each application.
  • the multi-screen collaboration process in a possible way, the user may also perform certain operations on the mobile phone 100, that is, the operation originates from the mobile phone 100.
  • the PC 200 connected to the mobile phone 100 also has a variety of possible display strategies.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 (main window) of the PC 200 can be consistent with the interface of the mobile phone 100.
  • the display of the sub-windows is not affected by the user's operation on the side of the mobile phone 100.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic interface diagram of an example of a multi-screen collaboration process between a mobile phone and a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 displays the unlocked main interface 401
  • the interface of the PC 200 displays the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the independent memo application window 20.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100 , and it is assumed that at least multiple applications such as music applications, gallery applications, video applications, and mail applications are running in the background of the mobile phone, and the corresponding tab areas of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 correspond to
  • the Music tab and the Gallery tab are displayed neatly, and the Music tab, Gallery tab and Video app are all unselected.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 on the interface of the PC 200 can synchronously display the main interface 402 of the gallery application on the mobile phone 100.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 jumps to The main interface of the gallery application, and the gallery tab in the tab area of the multi-screen collaboration window 10 is displayed in a highlighted selected state, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 main window
  • all application windows displayed in the form of independent sub-windows enter the screen lock state.
  • FIG. 19 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a multi-screen collaboration process between a mobile phone and a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 displays a lock screen interface 403 , and the lock screen interface 403 may include date, time, etc., as well as sliding unlock prompt information.
  • both the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the independent memo application window 20 of the PC 200 enter the locked screen state.
  • prompt information to the user may be displayed on the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the memo application window 20: locked, please unlock it on the mobile phone.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the memo application window 20 enter the locked screen state, which can be understood as only the area where the mobile phone interface or a certain application interface of the mobile phone is displayed is locked.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the memo application window The control area of 20 is in an operational state.
  • the control area in the multi-screen collaboration window 10 includes a top functional area 101 and a bottom area 103, and the top functional area 101 and the bottom area 103 are displayed normally, that is, the maximize button in this area. , Minimize button, Close button, etc. All buttons can also be clicked and perform corresponding actions.
  • the top functional area is normally displayed, and details are not repeated here.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window of the PC 200 and all application interfaces displayed in independent sub-windows enter the lock screen state.
  • This method is suitable for multi-screen collaboration scenarios such as company meetings. , to prevent files, data, etc. from being stolen by other PC users when the user leaves the PC 200 halfway, which can improve the security of the user in the multi-screen collaboration process.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flow chart of an example of a window display process provided by an embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the method 300 may be executed by a processor of a mobile phone, and specifically, executed collaboratively by a plurality of software modules introduced in FIG. 3 , As shown in Figure 20, the method 300 can be divided into the following two stages:
  • the operation execution process of the first stage may correspond to the interaction process between the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100 when the user triggers a switch from "single window” to “multiple windows” in the multi-screen collaborative window 10 on the PC 200.
  • the operation execution process includes:
  • the user performs a selection operation on the PC 200.
  • the user can perform operations through peripheral input devices such as a mouse and a keyboard; or, if the PC 200 is a device with a touch screen, the user's operations can be performed by touching, clicking, pressing, etc.
  • peripheral input devices such as a mouse and a keyboard
  • the user's operations can be performed by touching, clicking, pressing, etc.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the PC 200 determines the user's selected target APP according to the user's selection operation.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200 sends the user's operation information and the information of the target APP to the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100.
  • the user's action here can be an action event ("touch event").
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the PC 200 can determine the operation information according to the "touch event", and the specific operation information can be the "touch event”.
  • the information of the target APP can include the name, ID, At least one type of information, such as an icon, is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the mobile phone 100 sends the operation information of the user and the information of the target APP to the software framework module of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the software framework module of the mobile phone 100 may include multiple modules at different layers, for example, multiple software modules at the application framework layer participating in the process, which will not be repeated here.
  • the software framework module of the mobile phone 100 determines the operation information of the user operation and the information of the target APP.
  • the software framework of the mobile phone 100 sends the user operation event to the target APP of the application layer.
  • the target APP determines the operation result in response to the user operation event, and executes the operation result.
  • the target APP sends the operation result to the software framework of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the software framework of the mobile phone 100 sends the operation result to the multi-screen framework service module.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100 sends the operation result to the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the PC 200 determines, according to the operation result, that the thumbnail of the target APP window selected by the user moves along the drag track of the user.
  • the operation execution process of the first stage may correspond to the figure (a) in FIG. 5
  • the user selects the memo tab
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the PC 200 can determine according to the user's operation of selecting the memo tab.
  • the target APP selected by the user is the memo application.
  • the operation execution process of the first stage may also correspond to (a) in FIG. 8 .
  • the user selects the name “Calculator” in the “More” button 10-5, and the multi-screen frame service of the PC 200
  • the module can determine the target APP selected by the user as the calculator application according to the user's operation of selecting the name of "calculator".
  • the operation execution process of the first stage can also correspond to the (c) figure in Figure 9, the user selects the music application card from the multitasking interface, and the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200 can select music according to the user's selection.
  • the operation of the application card determines that the target APP selected by the user is a music application.
  • the operation execution process of the second stage may correspond to the interaction process between the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100 during the process of the user dragging the tab or properly applying the card, and the PC 200 switches from the "single window” display to "Multi-window” display.
  • the operation response process includes:
  • the user drags the thumbnail of the target APP window to the end position and releases it.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200 sends the operation information of the release operation to the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the mobile phone 100 sends the operation information of the release operation to the software framework module of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the software framework module of the mobile phone 100 determines to display the interface of the target APP through the independent sub-window according to the operation information of the release operation.
  • the software framework module of the mobile phone 100 determines the position coordinates of the sub-window, and acquires the interface content of the target APP.
  • the software framework module of the mobile phone 100 sends the position coordinate information of the sub-window and the interface content to the multi-screen framework service module.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100 sends the position coordinate information and interface content of the sub-window to the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the PC 200 displays the independent sub-window of the target APP according to the position coordinate information of the sub-window and the interface content.
  • the second-stage operation execution process may correspond to (b) and (c) in FIG. 5 , the user selects and drags the memo tab, and the PC 200 displays the suspension of the memo application during the dragging process. window, and finally the separate memo application window 20 is displayed.
  • the operation execution process of the second stage may also correspond to (b) in FIG. 8 , the user selects and drags the name of “Calculator”, and the floating window of the calculator application is displayed on the PC 200 during the dragging process. , and finally a separate calculator application window 40 is displayed.
  • the operation execution process of the second stage may also correspond to (d) and (e) in FIG. 9 .
  • the user selects and drags the music application card from the multitasking interface.
  • the PC 200 The floating window of the music application is displayed on the upper panel, and finally the independent music application window 30 is displayed.
  • the above process can also correspond to processes such as FIG. 10 to FIG. 19.
  • the PC 200 can transmit the operation of each user back to the mobile phone 100, and the mobile phone 100 determines the operation result, and then further transmits information such as the operation result or the change of the display interface to the PC 200, and further the PC 200
  • the related displays are updated according to the instructions of the mobile phone 100 , which will not be repeated here.
  • file sharing can be performed between different windows and between the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100 .
  • FIG. 21 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • a multi-screen collaboration window 10 and a memo application window 20 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200, wherein the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and the memo The application window 20 displays the running interface of the memo application.
  • the desktop of the PC 200 includes a picture 70 of flowers and plants
  • the user can drag the picture 70 of flowers and plants to a target position by selecting and dragging the picture 70 of flowers and plants.
  • the reminder information as shown in (b) in Figure 21 can be displayed on the interface of the PC 200, for prompting the user to "copy to the memo. ”, that is, the operation currently performed by the user can copy the flower and grass picture 70 to the memo application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in (a) of FIG. 22, a multi-screen collaboration window 10 and a memo application window 20 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200, wherein the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and the memo The application window 20 displays the running interface of the memo application.
  • the flower and grass picture 70 is dragged to the multi-screen collaboration. Release at any position on the main interface of the mobile phone 100 in the window 10 .
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 jumps to display the file management interface of the mobile phone 100 . On the file management interface, the storage location of the flower and grass picture in the mobile phone 100 is displayed.
  • the picture when dragging a picture from the PC 200 to the main interface of the mobile phone 100 of the multi-screen collaboration window 10, the picture can be stored in the directory of file sharing (such as Huawei Share, etc.) stored in the mobile phone 100.
  • file sharing such as Huawei Share, etc.
  • the flower and grass picture 70 is displayed in the file list of Huawei Share.
  • files can also be shared between multiple windows displayed on the PC 200, ie file sharing between different applications.
  • FIG. 23 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the memo application window 20 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200, wherein the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the file management interface of the hand 100.
  • the file management interface includes pictures of flowers and plants stored in the directory of the file share (eg, Huawei Share, etc.) of the mobile phone 100, and the memo application window 20 displays the running interface of the memo application.
  • the memo application window 20 jumps to display the secondary interface of the memo application—the interface of the August meeting arrangement menu, and in this 8
  • a reminder window 203 is displayed on the interface of the monthly meeting arrangement menu, which is used to prompt the user "whether to allow the memo to access the pictures, media content and files on your device", and the user can authorize or prohibit the memo application from accessing the pictures, media content and files, etc.
  • the authorization memorandum application can access the pictures, media content and files on the mobile phone 100, in response to the user's authorization operation, as shown in the figure.
  • the picture of flowers and plants has been copied to the memo application, that is, the pictures of flowers and plants are displayed on the interface of "August meeting arrangement". middle.
  • a reminder message as shown in (b) in Figure 23 can be displayed on the interface of the PC 200, for prompting the user to "copy to memo” , that is, the operation currently being performed by the user can copy the flower and grass picture into the memo application, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 and the memo application window 20 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200, wherein the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the file management interface of the hand 100.
  • the file management interface includes pictures of flowers and plants stored in the directory of the file share (eg, Huawei Share, etc.) of the mobile phone 100, and the memo application window 20 displays the running interface of the memo application.
  • the reminder information as shown in (a) in Figure 24 can be displayed on the interface of the PC 200, for prompting the user to "save to the local gallery". ”, that is, the operation currently being performed by the user can save the flower and grass picture in the local storage space of the PC 200, and if the user does not want to save it to the local gallery, the dragging process can be terminated immediately, which will not be repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 has introduced the process of sharing files from the multi-screen collaborative window 10 (main window) to the PC 200 on the PC 200, and similarly, the process of sharing files from the independent application window (sub-window) to the PC 200, Also refer to this procedure.
  • the interface of “August Meeting Arrangement” displayed in the memo application window 20 on the PC 200 includes pictures of flowers and plants, and the user can choose from “August Meeting Arrangement”. ” interface, the flower and grass picture is selected and dragged to the main interface of the PC 200, and the flower and grass picture is saved in the storage space of the PC 200, which is not repeated in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 the memo application window 20 and the gallery application window 60 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100
  • the memo application window 20 displays the running interface of the memo application
  • the gallery application window 60 displays the interface of multiple pictures.
  • the operation performed by the user can be understood as copying one or more pictures of the selected gallery application into the mobile phone 100, but the one or more pictures selected by the user are themselves stored in the mobile phone 100 local storage space, therefore, for the operation shown in (a) of FIG. 25, the display of the main window and all sub-windows on the PC 200 may not change.
  • the picture when the user selects a picture, the picture can display the selected corner mark shown in (a) in FIG. 25; similarly, when the user selects two or more pictures, the multiple Each picture can display the selected corner mark shown in (a) of FIG. 25 , and during the dragging process by the user, the multiple pictures can be displayed as thumbnails of a certain picture. This will not be repeated.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic interface diagram of another example of a PC provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 As shown in (a) of FIG. 26, the multi-screen collaboration window 10, the memo application window 20 and the gallery application window 60 are displayed on the interface of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 currently displays the main interface of the mobile phone 100, the memo application window 20 displays the running interface of the memo application, and the gallery application window 60 displays the interface of multiple pictures.
  • a reminder message as shown in (b) in Figure 26 can be displayed on the interface of the PC 200, for prompting the user to "copy to memo" , that is, the operation currently being performed by the user can copy the picture selected by the user to the memo application, which is not repeated in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above describes the display process when the user selects a picture.
  • the user can also click on multiple pictures, select multiple pictures, and perform the drag and drop operation at the same time; or, the user can select pictures, documents, tables, etc. at the same time. type of files, and perform the dragging operation at the same time, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type and number of files selected by the user.
  • a method for sharing files provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced, and the method can realize file sharing between a mobile phone and a PC, as well as between different applications of the mobile phone , this process is easy to operate, and can transfer files, pictures, etc. through a simple drag and drop operation.
  • students and other user groups who often use PCs and mobile phones at the same time, users can only pay attention to the PC screen during use. , access the data of the mobile phone through the PC, and do not need to switch between the PC and the mobile phone frequently, which greatly improves the efficiency of the user's work and study.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic flowchart of another example of the window display process provided by the embodiment of the present application. It should be understood that the method 400 may be executed by the processor of the mobile phone, and specifically, the multiple software modules introduced in FIG. 3 are cooperatively executed. , as shown in Figure 27, the method 400 can be divided into the following two stages:
  • the operation execution process of the first stage may correspond to the interaction process between the PC 200 and the mobile phone 100 after the user selects the target file to be shared.
  • the operation execution process includes:
  • the user selects and long-presses the target file.
  • the target file may be a file such as a picture, a document, or a text, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200 sends operation information of the long-press operation to the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100 according to the user's long-press operation in the first application window.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the mobile phone 100 sends the operation information of the long-press operation to the software framework.
  • the software framework of the mobile phone 100 determines the first application according to the operation information of the long-press operation.
  • the software framework of the mobile phone 100 sends a long-press operation event to the first application.
  • the first application determines the first operation result in response to the long-press operation event.
  • the first application returns the first operation result to the software framework.
  • the software framework of the mobile phone 100 sends the first operation result to the multi-screen framework service module of the mobile phone 100 .
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100 sends the first operation result to the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the PC 200 determines, according to the first operation result, that the thumbnail of the target file in the first application window moves following the user's drag track.
  • the operation execution process of the first stage may also correspond to (a) in Figure 23 or (a) in Figure 24.
  • the user selects the flower and grass pictures in the Huawei Share directory in the multi-screen collaboration window,
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200 can determine, according to the user's long-press operation, that the user selects the flower and grass pictures stored locally on the mobile phone 100.
  • the operation execution process in the first stage may correspond to (a) in FIG. 25 , or (a) in FIG. 26 , where the user presses the target image for a long time in the gallery application window 60 , and more than one image on the PC 200
  • the screen frame service module can determine the picture in the gallery application selected by the user according to the user's long-press operation.
  • the first application window is the application window of the mobile phone 100 as an example to introduce the implementation process of the file sharing.
  • the first application window can be the window of the PC 200 itself.
  • the first application window is the PC.
  • the main window displayed on the display screen of 200 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the operation execution process of the first stage may also correspond to (a) in FIG. 21 or (a) in FIG. 22, and the PC 200 may determine the PC selected by the user according to the user's long-press operation. 200 pictures of flowers and plants stored locally on the desktop.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200 sends operation information of the release operation to the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100 according to the user's release operation in the second application window.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the mobile phone 100 sends operation information to the software framework.
  • the software framework of the mobile phone 100 determines the second application according to the operation information of the release operation.
  • the software framework of the mobile phone 100 sends the operation information of the release operation to the second application.
  • the second application requests the multi-screen framework service module of the mobile phone 100 to copy the target file.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the mobile phone 100 determines the second operation result according to the request. It should be understood that in the process of 417, the multi-screen framework service module can determine whether the target file can be copied to the second application.
  • the mobile phone 100 can first determine that the source position of the target file is the PC 200 or the mobile phone 100 according to the source position and the destination position of the target file selected by the user, When the source location of the target file is the mobile phone 100, further the source location of the target file is the first application, the second application, or the local storage of the mobile phone. In addition, it can also be determined that the shared destination location is the PC 200 or the mobile phone 100. When the destination location is the mobile phone 100, further the destination location is the first application, the second application or the local storage of the mobile phone, etc., and the drag operation is determined. Operation result.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram of an example of a drag strategy provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the drag strategy of the mobile phone 100 may include:
  • the mobile phone 100 needs to determine whether the current interface of the application in the sub-window supports drag-in.
  • the application displayed in the sub-window supports the operation of dragging in the target file, continue to perform the subsequent step 418, etc.; when the application displayed in the sub-window does not support the operation of dragging in the target file, a drag-in disable sign may be displayed on the sub-window , after the user releases, the dragged target file returns to its original position.
  • the mobile phone 100 needs to judge whether the application current interface in the sub-window supports drag-in.
  • the application displayed in the sub-window supports the operation of dragging into the target file, continue to perform the subsequent step 418 and so on;
  • the application displayed in the sub-window does not support the operation of dragging into the target file, it can be dragged into the file management path of the mobile phone 100
  • the sub-window is switched to the Huawei Share interface in the file management path, and the dragged target file is saved to the local storage of the phone.
  • the mobile phone 100 needs to determine whether the current interface of the application in the sub-window 2 supports dragging.
  • the application displayed in the sub-window 2 supports the operation of dragging into the target file, continue to perform the subsequent step 418; After entering the disable flag, after the user releases it, the dragged target file returns to the original position of the sub-window 1 .
  • the mobile phone 100 needs to determine whether the current interface of the application in the main window supports dragging.
  • the application displayed in the main window supports the operation of dragging in the target file, continue to perform the subsequent step 418; After releasing, the dragged target file returns to the original position of the sub-window 1 .
  • the second operation result may also be that the instruction to copy the target file or save the target file is not executed.
  • the user long presses the target picture in the gallery application window 60, and the mobile phone 100 determines that the target location copied by the user is the main interface of the mobile phone 100, but the target picture itself It is stored in the local storage space of the mobile phone 100, therefore, for the operation shown in (a) in FIG.
  • the display of the main window and all sub-windows may not be changed, which will not be repeated here.
  • the multi-screen frame service module of the mobile phone 100 sends the second operation result to the multi-screen frame service module of the PC 200.
  • the multi-screen framework service module of the PC 200 determines to save the target file according to the second operation result, or copies the target file in the second application window.
  • the second-stage operation execution process may correspond to (a)-(c) in FIG. 23 .
  • the user selects and drags the flower and grass pictures in the Huawei Share directory in the multi-screen collaboration window, and drags the During the process, the PC 200 displays the thumbnail of the picture of flowers and plants, and finally copies the picture of flowers and plants in the memo application window 20 where the user releases.
  • the operation execution process of the second stage may correspond to the pictures (a) and (b) in FIG. 24 .
  • the user selects and drags the pictures of flowers and plants in the Huawei Share directory in the multi-screen collaboration window, During the dragging process, the thumbnail of the flower and grass picture is displayed on the PC 200, and the end user releases it to the desktop of the PC 200, so save the flower and grass picture to the local storage of the PC 200.
  • the PC 200 can transmit the operation of each user back to the mobile phone 100, and the mobile phone 100 determines the operation result, and further transmits the operation result or the change of the display interface and other information to the PC 200, Further, the PC 200 updates the relevant display according to the instructions of the mobile phone 100.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram of an example of implementation of window rotation display provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the display strategy of the PC 200 may include the following:
  • the user's operation in the process of switching from "single window” to "multi-window” on the PC, the user's operation can be detected. If the user's operation of rotating the mobile phone is detected, or the user's operation of clicking the rotation button of the sub-window , the sub-windows switched out on the PC 200 are displayed in the style after the user's rotation. Users can change the display style according to their own display requirements, the operation is simple, and the user experience is improved.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of an example of automatic window switching provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the two windows may include a main window and a sub-window.
  • the multi-screen collaborative window 10 on the PC 200 can display the interface of the gallery application that was opened first, and automatically separate a sub-window—memo.
  • the application window 20 is used to display the interface of the memo application to be opened later, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the two windows may include two independent sub-windows.
  • the multi-screen collaboration window 10 on the PC 200 can display the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and automatically switch out the first sub-window—the gallery
  • the application window 60 displays the interface of the gallery application opened first; and then switches out the second sub-window—the memo application window 20 , which is used to display the interface of the memo application opened later, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the mobile phone 100 displays another screen in the form of a floating window.
  • the application interface it can be automatically triggered to display two different interfaces in two windows on the PC 200.
  • the two windows may include a main window and a sub-window.
  • the multi-screen collaborative window 10 on the PC 200 can display the main interface of the mobile phone 100, and automatically separate a sub-window—the memo application window. 20.
  • the two windows may include two independent sub-windows.
  • the two windows may include two independent sub-windows.
  • the two windows may include two independent sub-windows.
  • the two windows may include two independent sub-windows.
  • the two windows may include two independent sub-windows.
  • the floating window display scene shown in (b) in FIG. 30 if the main interface of the mobile phone 100 displays the interface of the gallery application, then the multi-screen collaboration window 10 on the PC 200 can display the mobile phone 100. main interface, and automatically switch out the first sub-window—the gallery application window 60, which displays the interface of the gallery application that was opened first; and then switch out the second sub-window—the memo application window 20, which is used to display
  • the interface of the memo application is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiments of the present application introduce a variety of display methods for multi-screen collaboration windows.
  • the user can open one or more applications on the mobile phone, and the applications of multiple mobile phones can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window in the form of tabs.
  • the user can click on any application page. tab, so that the multi-screen collaboration window quickly jumps to display the application interface corresponding to the tab.
  • only the currently running application can be displayed in the multi-screen collaboration window. If the user needs to switch from the current application to other applications in the background, he can enter the multi-tasking page of the mobile phone through the multi-tasking button.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present application is simple to operate, and the user can quickly switch from the currently used application to another application running in the background, which improves the operation efficiency and improves the user experience.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a method for switching windows, the user can select and drag the tab of the tab area, or select and drag the application name hidden in the "more” button, or select and drag By dragging any application card on the multitasking interface, any application on the mobile phone side is displayed on the PC interface in the form of an independent sub-window.
  • the method is simple to operate, and can quickly realize the switch from "single window” to "multi-window".
  • the display mode of "main window + multiple sub-windows" can better utilize the advantages of the large screen of the PC and provide users with The experience of using the mobile phone application on the PC; in addition, in the process of switching the windows, the processes of other running applications will not be interrupted, which improves the user experience.
  • the mobile phone background can obtain the user's operation, and distinguish the action object of the operation according to the user's operation - the one that performs the corresponding operation. application, and then determine the running state and window display state of the application, so as to obtain an operation result that is more in line with the user's expectation.
  • the implementation of the present application also provides a method for sharing files, which can realize file sharing between a mobile phone and a PC, as well as between different applications of the mobile phone. Realize the transmission of files, pictures, etc.
  • a method for sharing files which can realize file sharing between a mobile phone and a PC, as well as between different applications of the mobile phone. Realize the transmission of files, pictures, etc.
  • students and other user groups who often use PCs and mobile phones at the same time, in the process of use, users can only pay attention to the screen of the PC, and access the data of the mobile phone through the PC. Switching between mobile phones greatly improves the efficiency of users' work and study.
  • the electronic device includes corresponding hardware and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in hardware or in the form of a combination of hardware and computer software in conjunction with the algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Those skilled in the art may use different methods to implement the described functionality for each particular application in conjunction with the embodiments, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the electronic device can be divided into functional modules according to the above method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions can be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware. It should be noted that, the division of modules in this embodiment is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • the electronic device may include: a display unit, a detection unit, and a processing unit.
  • the electronic device provided in this embodiment is used to execute the above method for displaying a window, a method for switching a window, or a method for sharing a file, and thus can achieve the same effect as the above implementation method.
  • the electronic device may include a processing module, a memory module and a communication module.
  • the processing module may be used to control and manage the actions of the electronic device, for example, may be used to support the electronic device to perform the steps performed by the display unit, the detection unit and the processing unit.
  • the storage module may be used to support the electronic device to execute stored program codes and data, and the like.
  • the communication module can be used to support the communication between the electronic device and other devices.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It may implement or execute the various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processor may also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of digital signal processing (DSP) and a microprocessor, and the like.
  • the storage module may be a memory.
  • the communication module may specifically be a device that interacts with other electronic devices, such as a radio frequency circuit, a Bluetooth chip, and a Wi-Fi chip.
  • the electronic device involved in this embodiment may be a device having the structure shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 .
  • This embodiment also provides a computer-readable storage medium, where computer instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer instructions are executed on the electronic device, the electronic device executes the above-mentioned related method steps to realize the above-mentioned embodiments. How to display windows, how to switch windows, or how to share files.
  • This embodiment also provides a computer program product that, when the computer program product runs on the computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned relevant steps, so as to realize the method for displaying windows, the method for switching windows or the method for sharing files in the above-mentioned embodiments. method.
  • the embodiments of the present application also provide an apparatus, which may specifically be a chip, a component or a module, and the apparatus may include a connected processor and a memory; wherein, the memory is used for storing computer execution instructions, and when the apparatus is running, The processor can execute the computer execution instructions stored in the memory, so that the chip executes the method for displaying windows, the method for switching windows, or the method for file sharing in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the electronic device, computer-readable storage medium, computer program product or chip provided in this embodiment are all used to execute the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, for the beneficial effects that can be achieved, reference may be made to the above-provided method. The beneficial effects in the corresponding method will not be repeated here.
  • the disclosed apparatus and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the apparatus embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules or units is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple units or components may be combined or May be integrated into another device, or some features may be omitted, or not implemented.
  • the shown or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • Units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and components shown as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed in multiple different places. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution in this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically alone, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above-mentioned integrated units may be implemented in the form of hardware, or may be implemented in the form of software functional units.
  • the integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a stand-alone product, may be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • a readable storage medium including several instructions to make a device (which may be a single chip microcomputer, a chip, etc.) or a processor (processor) to execute all or part of the steps of the methods in the various embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage medium includes: U disk, mobile hard disk, read only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Graphics (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

本申请提供了一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***，该方法应用于手机和PC的多屏协同过程，在多屏协同窗口中以页签的形式显示手机的多个应用界面；此外，用户可以通过选中并拖动页签区域的页签、或选中并拖动隐藏在"更多"按钮中的应用名称、或选中并拖动多任务界面的应用卡片，在PC的界面上以独立子窗口显示不同应用的界面；再者，在多屏协同过程中，手机后台可以获取用户的操作，根据用户的操作区分操作的作用对象，进而判断该应用的运行状态和窗口显示状态，以得到更符合用户预期的操作结果；最后，该方法还可以在手机和PC之间、以及手机的不同应用之间实现文件的共享，该过程操作便捷，提高了操作效率，提升了用户体验。

Description

一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***
本申请要求于2020年09月09日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202010945665.5、申请名称为“一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***”的中国专利申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本申请涉及电子技术领域，尤其涉及一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***。
背景技术
随着电子设备的发展，用户使用的电子设备的种类越来越多，用户可能同时拥有手机、个人电脑(personal computer，PC)等多种电子设备。其中，每种电子设备的使用场景和功能各不相同，每种电子设备中可能安装着不同的应用程序，存储不同的个人数据，因此，越来越多的场景中，不同的电子设备之间的数据可能需要共享。
为了更方便地在不同的电子设备之间实现数据共享，一种可能的方式中，可以通过多屏协同技术实现。以手机和PC之间的多屏协同为例，当手机和PC通过有线或无线的方式建立连接后，PC上会出现显示手机界面的窗口，本申请中称为“手机窗口”。在手机窗口中会镜像显示手机的屏幕内容。用户可以通过PC的键盘、鼠标或触摸屏等，在PC的手机窗口中使用手机安装的应用程序，实现手机和PC的协同操作的功能。此外，用户还可以通过拖拽操作，将文件、图片等拖入或拖出手机窗口，实现手机和PC之间的文件传输。
以上介绍的多屏协同过程，对于经常同时使用PC和手机的白领、学生等用户群体来说，在使用过程中，用户可以只关注PC的屏幕，通过PC访问手机的数据，不用频繁地在PC和手机之间切换，极大地提升了用户工作和学习的效率。
在多屏协同的操作过程中，初始状态下，PC可以通过一个手机窗口显示手机的运行界面；或者，PC还可以进一步以多个窗口的形式同时运行多个手机应用，使用多个窗口显示不同的应用界面，便于用户做数据的比对、执行拖拽传输等操作。示例性的，用户可以在一个窗口中打开手机的备忘录应用，在另一个窗口中打开手机的图库应用。该过程中，在PC上，如何从一个手机窗口的显示方式切换到多个窗口的显示方式，更好地利用PC的大屏优势，目前缺乏简单高效的切换方式。
发明内容
本申请提供一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***，该显示窗口的方法可以以页签的方式在一个窗口中显示多个应用的界面，能实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的快速切换，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验。
第一方面，提供了一种显示窗口的方法，该方法包括：第一电子设备显示第一窗口，该第一窗口包括第一页签和第二页签；该第一电子设备接收第二电子设备发送的第一应用的第一界面信息；该第一电子设备根据该第一界面信息，在该第一窗口中显示第一界面；当该第一窗口中显示该第一界面时，该第一电子设备接收对该第二页签的第一操作；响应 于对该第二页签的该第一操作，该第一电子设备接收该第二电子设备发送的第二应用的第二界面信息；该第一电子设备根据该第二界面信息，在该第一窗口中显示该第二界面，其中，该第一应用和该第二应用在该第二电子设备运行。
可选地，第一操作可以是点击该第二页签的操作。
可选地，在本申请实施例中，将以PC作为第一电子设备，手机作为第二电子设备，以在PC上显示手机的一个或多个窗口为例进行介绍多屏协同过程。应理解，在本申请实施例中，手机和PC之间已经建立连接，例如手机和PC之间连接可以包括有线连接或者无线连接等多种不同连接方式。可选地，手机和PC之间可以是通过USB数据线连接，或者，手机和PC之间可以是通过建立Wi-Fi连接的方式。或者，借助于手机和PC支持近场通信(near field communication，NFC)的功能，手机和PC之间通过“碰一碰”功能进行靠近连接。又或者，通过手机和PC通过蓝牙扫码连接等。又或者，随着通信技术的发展，通信带宽和速率逐渐提高，手机和PC之间可能在不建立近场通信连接的情况下也可以传输数据，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的显示方式中，多屏协同窗口中可以以页签的形式显示多个应用界面。
另一种可能的方式中，对于同一个应用下的不同运行界面也可以用页签的方式区分，换言之，第一页签对应的界面为备忘录主界面，第二页签对应的界面为用户点击备忘录主界面进入的二级界面。
具体地，以一个页签对应一个应用为例，即同一个应用下的不同运行界面都显示在一个页签所对应的界面中。在本申请实施例中，将以一个页签对应一个应用为例进行介绍，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选地，第一应用和第二应用可以为手机后台运行中的应用，也可以其中一个应用在手机前台运行，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中，所说的用户操作可以是用户通过鼠标、键盘等PC的外设输入设备执行的操作，例如用户通过鼠标的点击、双击、右击等操作；或者对于具有触摸显示屏的PC，用户操作还可以是在显示屏上的触摸操作、点击操作、滑动操作等，本申请实施例对用户的操作的类型和方式不作限定。
通过上述方案，手机和PC的多屏协同过程中，在PC的显示屏上显示一个窗口——多屏协同窗口，并在该多屏协同窗口中启动并运行安装在手机侧的一个或多个应用，且多个手机的应用可以以页签的形式，显示在该多屏协同窗口中，用户可以通过点击任意一个应用的页签，使得该多屏协同窗口跳转显示该应用的运行界面。当手机后台运行的应用较多时，还可以将多个应用中部分应用的页签收起在更多按钮中，用户可以通过点击更多按钮，进一步显示后台运行的全部应用列表。用户可以通过页签、或者更多按钮中的应用列表等，快速地从当前使用的应用切换至其他任意一款后台运行中的应用，并在该多屏协同窗口中显示用户选中的应用的运行界面。该方法操作简单，用户可以快速地从当前使用的应用切换至其他后台运行中的应用，提高了操作效率，提升了用户体验。结合第一方面，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：在该第一窗口中显示该第二界面时，该第一电子设备接收对该第一页签的第二操作；响应于对该第一页签的该第二操作，该第一电子设备接收该第二电子设备发送的该第一界面信息；根据该第一界面信息，该第一电子设备在该第一窗口中显示该第一界面。
可选地，第二操作可以是点击该第一页签的操作。
示例性的，用户可以点击每一个应用的页签，使得当前的显示手机界面的区域显示该页签对应的应用界面，且被用户点击的应用页签显示为高亮状态，或者称为“被选中状态”、“焦点态”等。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：当该第一窗口中显示该第一界面时，该第一电子设备接收对该第一页签的第三操作；响应于对该第一页签的该第三操作，该第一电子设备在该第一窗口显示该第二界面，在第二窗口显示该第一界面，其中，该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第一电子设备上显示的不同窗口。可选地，第三操作可以是选中该第一页签且拖拽第一页签的操作。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第二窗口中显示该第一界面后，该第一窗口不包括该第一页签。
通过上述方案，用户可以通过选中并拖动页签区域的任意一个应用页签的方式，将该页签对应的应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示该应用的运行界面。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验；此外，在该切换窗口的过程中，不会中断正在运行的应用的进程，提高了用户体验。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：当该第一窗口中显示该第一界面时，该第一电子设备接收对该第二页签的第四操作；响应于对该第二页签的该第四操作，该第一电子设备在该第一窗口显示该第一界面，在该第二窗口显示该第二界面，其中，该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第二电子设备上显示的不同窗口。
可选地，第四操作可以是选中该第二页签且拖拽第二页签的操作。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第二窗口中显示该第二界面后，该第一窗口不包括该第二页签。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一窗口包括关闭按钮，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备接收对该关闭按钮的点击操作，响应于对该关闭按钮的点击操作，该第一电子设备关闭该第一窗口。
应理解，用户可以通过选中并拖动页签区域的任意一个应用页签的方式，将该页签对应的应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示该应用的运行界面。其中，该页签可以为多屏协同窗口正在显示的选中状态的页签，也可以为非选中状态的页签，换言之，该页签的应用可以为前台运行，也可以为后台运行。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当关闭该第一窗口时，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备关闭该第二窗口。
应理解，在点击多屏协同窗口的关闭按钮之前，可以弹窗询问用户是否关闭***作的窗口以外其他窗口。当用户授权关闭时，关闭所有窗口。
可选地，主窗口和子窗口中的功能区域包括的同一个按钮，可以具有不同的功能，或者具有相同的功能。
一种可能的方式中，主窗口中的部分按钮，可以具有控制主窗口和子窗口的功能，而子窗口中的该按钮，仅具有控制该子窗口的功能。或者，对于同一个按钮，主窗口中的该 按钮和子窗口中的该按钮具有相同的功能。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备接收将第一文件移至目标窗口的第五操作，该第一文件为该第一电子设备存储的文件，该目标窗口为该第一窗口或该第二窗口；若该目标窗口中显示的界面为该第一界面时，响应于该第五操作，该第一电子设备将该第一文件复制至该第一应用；若该目标窗口中显示的界面为该第二界面时，响应于该第五操作，该第一电子设备将该第一文件复制至该第二应用。
可选地，第五操作可以是选中该第一文件且拖拽该第一文件到第一窗口或第二窗口的操作。
综上所述，通过本申请实施例提供的分享文件的方法，可以在手机和PC之间、以及手机的不同应用之间实现文件的共享，该过程操作便捷，可以通过简单的拖拽操作，实现文件、图片等传输，对于经常同时使用PC和手机的白领、学生等用户群体来说，在使用过程中，用户可以只关注PC的屏幕，通过PC访问手机的数据，不用频繁地在PC和手机之间切换，极大地提升了用户工作和学习的效率。
应理解，以上用户选中第一文件可以包括多张图片，对多张图片同时执行拖拽操作；或者，用户可以同时选中图片、文档、表格等多种不同类型的文件，同时执行拖拽操作，本申请实施例对用户选中的文件类型和数量不作限定。结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一电子设备显示该第一窗口和该第二窗口时，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备接收将该第一窗口中显示的第二文件移至该第二窗口的第六操作；若该第二窗口中显示的界面为该第一界面时，响应于该第六操作，该第一电子设备将该第一文件复制至该第一应用；若该第二窗口中显示的界面为该第二界面时，响应于该第六操作，该第一电子设备将该第一文件复制至该第二应用。
可选地，第六操作可以是选中该第二文件且拖拽该第二文件到第二窗口的操作。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备在该第一窗口中显示多任务界面，该多任务界面包括至少一个应用卡片，该应用卡片包括第三应用卡片，该第三应用卡片对应第三应用；该第一电子设备接收对该第三应用卡片的第七操作；响应于该第七操作，该第一电子设备接收该第二电子设备发送的该第三应用的第三界面信息；该第一电子设备根据该第三界面信息，在第三窗口中显示该第三应用的该第三界面，其中，该第三窗口和该第一窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口。
可选地，第七操作可以是选中该第三应用卡片且拖拽该第三应用卡片的操作。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一电子设备在该第一窗口或该第二窗口中显示该第三界面时，该方法还包括：响应于对该第三应用卡片的该第七操作，该第一电子设备显示提示信息，该提示信息用于提示用户该第三应用已经显示。
在多任务界面，通过选中并拖动多任务界面的任意一个应用卡片的方式，将该卡片对应的应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示该应用的运行界面。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验；此外，在该切换窗口的过程中，不会中断正在运行的应用的进程，提高了用 户体验。
在一种可能的场景中，当用户再次将鼠标再次置于该多任务切换界面中的音乐应用卡片上，可以自动显示另一个提醒窗口，用于提示用户“已在新窗口中打开”。换言之，对于已经在独立的子窗口中打开的应用，当用户使用相同的方法再次打开该应用时，可以通过提醒窗口的方式，向用户提示该窗口已经在新窗口中显示。该方法可以避免用户的误操作，提高了用户体验。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该第一窗口包括快捷按钮，当该第一窗口中显示该第二页签和该第二页签对应的该第二界面时，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到对该快捷按钮的点击操作，响应于该点击操作，该第二电子设备自动在第三窗口中显示该第二界面，且该第一窗口中不再包括该第一页签，其中，该第一窗口和该第三窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一窗口显示该第一电子设备的主界面时，该快捷按钮显示为灰色不可用状态。
结合第一方面和上述实现方式，在第一方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备接收用户启动第三应用的操作，响应于该操作，启动该第三应用并显示该第三应用的第三界面；该第一电子设备确定该第三界面的显示内容信息并发送给该第二电子设备；该第二电子设备根据接收的该第三界面的显示内容信息，在该第一窗口中显示第三页签和该第三页签对应的该第三界面。
综上所述，本申请实施例介绍了多种多屏协同窗口的显示方法。通过该多屏协同窗口，用户可以开启一个或多个手机侧的应用，且多个手机的应用可以以页签的形式，显示在该多屏协同窗口中，用户可以通过点击任意一个应用的页签，使得该多屏协同窗口快速跳转显示该页签对应的应用界面。相比现有的多屏协同过程，在多屏协同窗口中仅可以显示当前正在运行的应用，如果用户需要从当前应用切换至后台的其他应用，可以通过多任务按钮进入手机的多任务页面，再选择期望切换的目标应用，该过程操作步骤繁琐，用户体验差。本申请实施例提供的方法操作简单，用户可以快速地从当前使用的应用切换至其他后台运行中的应用，提高了操作效率，提升了用户体验。
此外，本申请实施例还提供了一种切换窗口的方法，用户可以通过选中并拖动页签区域的页签、或者选中并拖动隐藏在“更多”按钮中的应用名称、或者选中并拖动多任务界面的任意一个应用卡片的方式，将手机侧的任意一个应用以独立子窗口的形式，显示在PC的界面上。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验；此外，在该切换窗口的过程中，不会中断正在运行的其他应用的进程，提高了用户体验。
再者，在多屏协同过程中，针对用户分别在手机和PC上执行操作的多种不同的场景，手机后台可以获取用户的操作，根据用户的操作区分操作的作用对象——执行相应操作的应用，进而判断该应用的运行状态和窗口显示状态，以得到更符合用户预期的操作结果。
最后，本申请实施还提供了一种分享文件的方法，该方法可以在手机和PC之间、以及手机的不同应用之间实现文件的共享，该过程操作便捷，可以通过简单的拖拽操作，实现文件、图片等传输，对于经常同时使用PC和手机的白领、学生等用户群体来说，在使 用过程中，用户可以只关注PC的屏幕，通过PC访问手机的数据，不用频繁地在PC和手机之间切换，极大地提升了用户工作和学习的效率。
第二方面，提供了一种显示窗口的方法，该方法包括：第一电子设备接收第二电子设备发送的主界面的界面信息；该第一电子设备根据该主界面的界面信息，在第一窗口中显示该主界面，该主页面包括至少一个应用的应用图标，该至少一个应用安装在该第二电子设备上；该第一电子设备接收对第一应用图标的第一操作，该至少一个应用的应用图标包括该第一应用图标；响应于该第一操作，该第一电子设备显示用于在第二窗口中打开该第一应用的选项；该第一电子设备接收对该选项的第二操作；响应于该第二操作，该第一电子设备在该第二窗口显示该第一应用的界面，其中，该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的某些实现方式中，该第一电子设备显示窗口的数量最大值为N，N为大于或等于2的整数，该方法还包括：当该第一电子显示窗口的数量为N时，响应于该第二操作，该第一电子设备显示提示信息，该提示信息用于提示用户该第一电子设备的显示区域显示的窗口的数量已经达到最大值。
第三方面，提供了一种显示窗口的***，该***包括相互通信的第一电子设备和第二电子设备，该第一电子设备用于：显示第一窗口，该第一窗口包括第一页签和第二页签；接收该第二电子设备发送的第一应用的第一界面信息；根据该第一界面信息，在该第一窗口中显示第一界面；当该第一窗口中显示该第一界面时，接收对该第二页签的第一操作；响应于对该第二页签的该第一操作，接收该第二电子设备发送的第二应用的第二界面信息；根据该第二界面信息，在该第一窗口中显示该第二界面，其中，该第一应用和该第二应用在该第二电子设备运行；以及，该第二电子设备用于：向该第一电子设备发送该第一应用的该第一界面信息；向该第一电子设备发送该第二应用的该第二界面信息。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一电子设备还用于：在该第一窗口中显示该第二界面时，接收对该第一页签的第二操作；响应于对该第一页签的该第二操作，接收该第二电子设备发送的该第一界面信息；根据该第一界面信息，在该第一窗口中显示该第一界面；以及，该第二电子设备用于：向该第一电子设备发送该第一界面信息。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一电子设备还用于：当该第一窗口中显示该第一界面时，接收对该第一页签的第三操作；响应于对该第一页签的该第三操作，在该第一窗口显示该第二界面，在第二窗口显示该第一界面，其中，该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第一电子设备上显示的不同窗口。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，当该第二窗口中显示该第一界面后，该第一窗口不包括该第一页签。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一电子设备还用于：当该第一窗口中显示该第一界面时，接收对该第二页签的第四操作；响应于对该第二页签的该第四操作，在该第一窗口显示该第一界面，在该第二窗口显示该第二界面，其中，该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第一电子设备上显示的不同窗口。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，当该第二窗口中显示该第二界面后，该第一窗口不包括该第二页签。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一窗口包括关闭 按钮，该第一电子设备还用于：接收对该关闭按钮的点击操作，响应于对该关闭按钮的点击操作，关闭该第一窗口。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，当关闭该第一窗口时，该第一电子设备还用于：关闭该第二窗口。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一电子设备还用于：接收将第一文件移至目标窗口的第五操作，该第一文件为该第一电子设备存储的文件，该目标窗口为该第一窗口或该第二窗口；若该目标窗口中显示的界面为该第一界面时，响应于该第五操作，将该第一文件复制至该第一应用；若该目标窗口中显示的界面为该第二界面时，响应于该第五操作，将该第一文件复制至该第二应用。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一电子设备显示该第一窗口和该第二窗口时，该第一电子设备还用于：接收将该第一窗口中显示的第二文件移至该第二窗口的第六操作；若该第二窗口中显示的界面为该第一界面时，响应于该第六操作，将该第一文件复制至该第一应用；若该第二窗口中显示的界面为该第二界面时，响应于该第六操作，将该第一文件复制至该第二应用。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，该第一电子设备还用于：在该第一窗口中显示多任务界面，该多任务界面包括至少一个应用卡片，该应用卡片包括第三应用卡片，该第三应用卡片对应第三应用；接收对该第三应用卡片的第七操作；响应于该第七操作，接收该第二电子设备发送的该第三应用的第三界面信息；根据该第三界面信息，在第三窗口中显示该第三应用的该第三界面，其中，该第三窗口和该第一窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口；以及，该第二电子设备用于：向该第一电子设备发送该第三应用的第三界面信息。
结合第三方面和上述实现方式，在第三方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一电子设备在该第一窗口或该第二窗口中显示该第三界面时，该第一电子设备还用于：响应于对该第三应用卡片的该第七操作，显示提示信息，该提示信息用于提示用户该第三应用已经显示。
第四方面，提供了一种显示窗口的***，该***包括相互通信的第一电子设备和第二电子设备，该第一电子设备用于：接收该第二电子设备发送的主界面的界面信息；根据该主界面的界面信息，在第一窗口中显示该主界面，该主页面包括至少一个应用的应用图标，该至少一个应用安装在该第二电子设备上；接收对第一应用图标的第一操作，该至少一个应用的应用图标包括该第一应用图标；响应于该第一操作，显示用于在第二窗口中打开该第一应用的选项；接收对该选项的第二操作；响应于该第二操作，在该第二窗口显示该第一应用的界面，其中，该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口；以及，该第二电子设备用于：向该第一电子设备发送该主界面的界面信息。
结合第四方面，在第四方面的某些实现方式中，该第一电子设备显示窗口的数量最大值为N，N为大于或等于2的整数，该第一电子设备还用于：当显示窗口的数量为N时，响应于该第二操作，显示提示信息，该提示信息用于提示用户该第一电子设备的显示区域显示的窗口的数量已经达到最大值。
第五方面，提供了一种显示窗口的方法，应用于包括相互通信的第一电子设备和第二电子设备的***中，该方法包括：该第一电子设备运行第一应用并确定该第一应用的第一界面；该第一电子设备将该第一界面的显示内容信息发送给该第二电子设备；该第二电子 设备根据接收的该第一界面的显示内容信息，在第一窗口中显示该第一界面；若该第二电子设备检测到启动第二应用的操作，响应于该操作，向该第一电子设备发送启动该第二应用的指令；该第一电子设备根据该指令，启动该第二应用并确定该第二应用的第二界面；该第一电子设备将该第二界面的显示内容信息发送给该第二电子设备；该第二电子设备根据接收的该第二界面的显示内容信息，在该第一窗口中显示第二页签和该第二页签对应的该第二界面，且该第一窗口中还包括第一页签，该第一页签对应后台运行的该第一界面。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到对该第一页签的点击操作，响应于该点击操作，在该第一窗口中显示该第一页签和该第一页签对应的该第一界面，且该第一窗口中还包括第二页签，该第二页签对应后台运行的该第二界面。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到对该第一页签的长按操作，响应于该长按操作，显示该第一界面的悬浮窗；若该第二电子设备检测到用户拖拽该第一页签至第一位置释放的操作，响应于该操作，该第一界面的悬浮窗跟随用户拖拽该第一页签的轨迹移动至该第一位置，该第二电子设备在第二窗口中显示该第一界面，且该第一窗口中不再包括该第一页签，其中，该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口，该第一位置是该第二电子设备上除该第一窗口所在区域之外的任意位置。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到用户启动该第一应用的操作，响应于该操作，该第二电子设备将该第二窗口切换到最上层显示，或者，该第二电子设备将该第二窗口以闪烁态显示；或者，若该第二电子设备检测到用户启动该第二应用的操作，响应于该操作，该第二电子设备将该第一窗口切换到最上层显示且该第一窗口显示该第二界面，或者，该第二电子设备将该第一窗口以闪烁态显示且该第一窗口显示该第二界面。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，第一窗口包括第一显示区域和第一功能区域，该第一功能区域包括用于控制该第一窗口的一个或多个按钮，该第二窗口包括第二显示区域和第二功能区域，该第二功能区域包括用于控制该第二窗口的一个或多个按钮，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备接收用户的锁屏操作，响应于该锁屏操作，进入锁屏状态并显示锁屏界面；该第一电子设备确定该锁屏界面显示内容信息并发送给该第二电子设备；该第二电子设备根据接收的该锁屏界面显示内容信息，切换该第二电子设备上的该第一显示区域和该第二显示区域全部为锁定不可用状态。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第一功能区域包括第一关闭按钮，该第二功能区域包括第二关闭按钮，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到对该第一关闭按钮的点击操作，响应于该点击操作，该第二电子设备显示第二提示信息，该第二提示信息用于提示用户授权该第二电子设备关闭该第一窗口和该第二窗口；当检测到用户的授权操作时，响应于该授权操作，同时关闭该第一窗口和该第二窗口；或者若该第二电子设备检测到对该第二关闭按钮的点击操作，响应于该点击操作，该第二电子设备关闭该第二窗口且继续显示该第一窗口。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到用户选中目标文件并拖拽该目标文件至该第一窗口释放的操作，响应 于该操作，该目标文件被复制到该第二应用中，其中，该目标文件是该第二窗口中的该第一界面上显示的文件，或者该目标文件是该第二电子设备本地存储的文件。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第二电子设备的显示区域显示窗口的数量最大值为N，N为大于或等于2的整数，当该第二电子设备的显示区域显示了该第一窗口和N-1个该第二窗口，且该第一窗口中显示第三页签和该第三页签对应的该第三界面时，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到对该第三页签的第一操作，响应于该第一操作，显示第一提示信息，该第一提示信息用于提示用户该第二电子设备的显示区域显示的窗口的数量已经达到最大值。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到用户在该第一窗口中启动多任务界面的操作，响应于该启动多任务界面的操作，该第一窗口显示该多任务界面，该多任务界面至少包括该第二应用的卡片；若该第二电子设备检测到对该第二应用的卡片的长按操作，响应于该长按操作，显示该第二界面的悬浮窗；若该第二电子设备检测到用户拖拽该第二应用的卡片至该第二位置释放的操作，响应于该操作，该第二界面的悬浮窗跟随用户拖拽该第二应用的卡片的轨迹移动至该第二位置，该第二电子设备在第三窗口中显示该第二界面，且该第一窗口中不再包括该第二页签，其中，该第一窗口和该第三窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口，该第二位置是该第二电子设备上除该第一窗口所在区域之外的任意位置。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，当该第二电子设备在该第三窗口中显示该第二界面时，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备在该第一窗口的该多任务界面检测到对该第二应用的卡片的第二操作，响应于该第二操作，显示该第二提示信息，该第二提示信息用于提示用户该第二应用已经显示在该第三窗口中。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该第一窗口包括快捷按钮，当该第一窗口中显示该第二页签和该第二页签对应的该第二界面时，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到对该快捷按钮的点击操作，响应于该点击操作，该第二电子设备自动在第三窗口中显示该第二界面，且该第一窗口中不再包括该第一页签，其中，该第一窗口和该第三窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，当该第一窗口显示该第一电子设备的主界面时，该快捷按钮显示为灰色不可用状态。
结合第五方面和上述实现方式，在第五方面的某些实现方式中，该方法还包括：该第一电子设备接收用户启动第三应用的操作，响应于该操作，启动该第三应用并显示该第三应用的第三界面；该第一电子设备确定该第三界面的显示内容信息并发送给该第二电子设备；该第二电子设备根据接收的该第三界面的显示内容信息，在该第一窗口中显示第三页签和该第三页签对应的该第三界面。
第六方面，提供了一种显示窗口的方法，应用于包括相互通信的第一电子设备和第二电子设备的***中，该方法包括：该第一电子设备确定主界面的显示内容，该主界面包括一个或多个应用图标；该第一电子设备将该主界面的显示内容信息发送给该第二电子设备；该第二电子设备根据接收的该主界面的显示内容信息，在第一窗口中显示该主界面；若该第二电子设备检测到对第一应用图标的第一操作，响应于该第一操作，显示操作菜单，该操作菜单包括用于提示用户授权该第二电子设备通过第二窗口显示该第一应用的界面， 该第一窗口和该第二窗口为该第二电子设备上的不同窗口，该第一应用图标为该主界面上的任意一个应用图标；当检测到用户的授权操作时，响应于该授权操作，该第二电子设备在该第二窗口中显示该第一应用的界面。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的某些实现方式中，该第二电子设备的显示区域显示窗口的数量最大值为N，N为大于或等于2的整数，当该第二电子设备的显示区域显示了该第一窗口和N-1个该第二窗口时，该方法还包括：若该第二电子设备检测到对第二应用图标的该第一操作，响应于该第一操作，显示第一提示信息，该第一提示信息用于提示用户该第二电子设备的显示区域显示的窗口的数量已经达到最大值。
第七方面，本申请提供了一种装置，该装置包含在电子设备中，该装置具有实现上述方面及上述方面的可能实现方式中电子设备行为的功能。功能可以通过硬件实现，也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。例如，显示模块或单元、检测模块或单元、处理模块或单元等。
第七方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括：触摸显示屏，其中，触摸显示屏包括触敏表面和显示器；摄像头；一个或多个处理器；存储器；多个应用程序；以及一个或多个计算机程序。其中，一个或多个计算机程序被存储在存储器中，一个或多个计算机程序包括指令。当指令被电子设备执行时，使得电子设备执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现中的显示窗口的方法。
第八方面，本申请提供了一种电子设备，包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合，一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码，计算机程序代码包括计算机指令，当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时，使得电子设备执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现中的显示窗口的方法。
第九方面，提供了一种***，该***包括：执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现中的显示窗口的方法的第一电子设备和第二电子设备。
第十方面，本申请提供了一种计算机存储介质，包括计算机指令，当计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行上述任一方面任一项可能的显示窗口的方法。
第十一方面，本申请提供了一种计算机程序产品，当计算机程序产品在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行上述任一方面任一项可能的显示窗口的方法。
附图说明
图1是本申请实施例提供的一例手机的结构示意图。
图2是本申请实施例提供的一例PC的结构示意图。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一例手机和PC的软件结构框图。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一例PC的界面示意图。
图5是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图6是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图7是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图12是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图14是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图16是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图17是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。
图18是本申请实施例提供的一例手机和PC多屏协同过程的界面示意图。
图19是本申请实施例提供的又一例手机和PC多屏协同过程的界面示意图。
图20是本申请实施例提供的一例窗口显示过程的示意性流程图。
图21是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。
图22是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。
图23是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。
图24是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。
图25是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。
图26是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。
图27是本申请实施例提供的一例窗口显示过程的示意性流程图。
图28是本申请实施例提供的一例拖拽策略的示意图。
图29是本申请实施例提供的一例窗口旋转显示的实现示意图。
图30是本申请实施例提供的一例自动切换窗口的场景示意图。
具体实施方式
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图，对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。
其中，在本申请实施例的描述中，除非另有说明，“/”表示或的意思，例如，A/B可以表示A或B；本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，在本申请实施例的描述中，“多个”是指两个或多于两个。
以下，术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于区分，例如“第一电子设备”和“第二电子设备”仅用于指示不同的电子设备，“第一窗口”和“第二窗口”仅用于指示不同的显示窗口，“第一操作”和“第二操作”仅用于指示不同时刻或者不同目的操作。
本申请实施例提供了一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法，该方法可以应用于包括两个相互通信的电子设备的***中。在本申请中，为了区分，将两个电子设备分别称为第一电子设备和第二电子设备，其中，第二电子设备可以显示该第一电子设备的界面。例如，第二电子设备通过一个窗口显示第一电子设备的主界面，或者第二电子设备通过多个窗口显示第一电子设备的多个应用的界面。
本申请实施例中，该第一电子设备可以是手机、智能终端、可穿戴设备等电子设备，该第二电子设备可以是PC、平板电脑、手机、智能终端、车载设备、增强现实(augmented reality，AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality，VR)设备、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer，UMPC)、上网本、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant，PDA)、显示器或者电视等具有显示功能的电子设备，本申请实施例对第一电子设备和第二电子设备的具体类型不作任何限制。
可选地，第一电子设备和第二电子设备可以为相同类型的电子设备或不同类型的电子设备。在本申请实施例中，将以手机100作为第一电子设备，PC 200作为第二电子设备，以在PC上显示手机的一个或多个窗口为例进行介绍。
具体地，该方法可以是通过应用程序(例如多屏协同助手、EMUI桌面等)实现在PC上显示该手机的多个窗口。
示例性的，该应用程序可以仅安装在PC上；或者该应用程序同时安装在手机和PC上；又或者，该应用程序在手机上体现为第一应用程序(例如多屏协同助手)，在PC上体现为第二应用程序(例如EMUI桌面等)，其中，第一应用程序适配手机，第二应用程序适配PC；又或者，该第一应用程序为手机上预置的程序代码，可以没有对应的桌面应用图标，该第二应用程序在PC上可以体现为桌面应用图标的形式。该方法的实现可以基于多种可能的情况，以实现在PC上，通过一个窗口显示手机的界面，或者通过多个窗口显示手机的多个应用界面。
示例性的，图1是本申请实施例提供的一例手机100的结构示意图。手机100可以包括处理器110，外部存储器接口120，内部存储器121，通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口130，充电管理模块140，电源管理模块141，电池142，天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，传感器模块180，按键190，马达191，指示器192，摄像头193，显示屏194，以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module，SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A，陀螺仪传感器180B，气压传感器180C，磁传感器180D，加速度传感器180E，距离传感器180F，接近光传感器180G，指纹传感器180H，温度传感器180J，触摸传感器180K，环境光传感器180L，骨传导传感器180M等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对手机100的具体限定。在本申请实施例另一些实施例中，手机100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元，例如：处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor，AP)，调制解调处理器，图形处理器(graphics processing unit，GPU)，图像信号处理器(image signal processor，ISP)，控制器，存储器，视频编解码器，数字信号处理器(digital signal processor，DSP)，基带处理器，和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit，NPU)等。其中，不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件，也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。其中，控制器可以是手机100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号，产生操作控制信号，完成取指令和执行指令的控制。
处理器110中还可以设置存储器，用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中，处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据，可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取，减少了处理器110的等待时间，因而提高了***的效率。
在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit，I2C)接口，集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound，I2S)接口，脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation，PCM)接口，通用异步收发传输器(universal  asynchronous receiver/transmitter，UART)接口，移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface，MIPI)，通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output，GPIO)接口，用户标识模块(subscriber identity module，SIM)接口，和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus，USB)接口等。
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线，包括一根串行数据线(serial data line，SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line，SCL)。在一些实施例中，处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K，充电器，闪光灯，摄像头193等。例如：处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K，使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信，实现手机100的触摸功能。
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。PCM接口也可以用于音频通信，将模拟信号抽样，量化和编码。UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线，用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194，摄像头193等***器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface，CSI)，显示屏串行接口(display serial interface，DSI)等。GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号，也可被配置为数据信号。USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口，具体可以是Mini USB接口，Micro USB接口，USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接其他电子设备，例如可以通过该USB接口连接PC等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系，只是示意性说明，并不构成对手机100的结构限定。在本申请实施例另一些实施例中，手机100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式，或多种接口连接方式的组合。
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。
手机100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1，天线2，移动通信模块150，无线通信模块160，调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。移动通信模块150可以提供应用在手机100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以提供应用在手机100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks，WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)网络)，蓝牙(bluetooth，BT)，全球导航卫星***(global navigation satellite system，GNSS)，调频(frequency modulation，FM)，近距离无线通信技术(near field communication，NFC)，红外技术(infrared，IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波，将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理，将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号，对其进行调频，放大，经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。
手机100通过GPU，显示屏194，以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器，连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算，用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU，其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。
显示屏194用于显示图像，视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display，LCD)，有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode，OLED)，有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的，AMOLED)，柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode，FLED)，Mini-LED， Micro-LED，Micro-OLED，量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes，QLED)等。在一些实施例中，手机100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194，N为大于1的正整数。
手机100可以通过ISP，摄像头193，视频编解码器，GPU，显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。其中，ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。在一些实施例中，手机100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193，N为大于1的正整数。
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡，例如Micro SD卡，实现扩展手机100的存储能力。内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码，所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令，从而执行手机100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中，存储程序区可存储操作***，至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能，图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储手机100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据，电话本等)等。
手机100可以通过音频模块170，扬声器170A，受话器170B，麦克风170C，耳机接口170D，以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放，录音等。
此外，手机100还包括多个传感器。例如，图1中示出的多个传感器，其中，压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号，可以将压力信号转换成电信号。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定手机100的运动姿态。气压传感器180C用于测量气压。磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。加速度传感器180E可检测手机100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当手机100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向，还可以用于识别手机100的姿态，应用于横竖屏切换，计步器等应用。距离传感器180F，用于测量距离。接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器，例如光电二极管。环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。温度传感器180J用于检测温度。触摸传感器180K，也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194，由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏，也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器，以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中，触摸传感器180K也可以设置于手机100的表面，与显示屏194所处的位置不同。骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。按键190包括开机键，音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。手机100可以接收按键输入，产生与手机100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。马达191可以产生振动提示。指示器192可以是指示灯，可以用于指示充电状态，电量变化，也可以用于指示消息，未接来电，通知等。SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。
以上介绍了手机100作为第一电子设备时可能的硬件结构示意图，PC 200作为第二电子设备，可以具有图1示出的全部或部分硬件结构，或者包括比图1中更多的硬件结构，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
示例性的，图2是本申请实施例提供的一例PC 200的结构示意图。PC 200至少可以包括处理器210、存储器220、通信模块230、显示屏240等。
可以理解的是，本申请实施例示意的PC 200的结构并不构成对PC 200的具体限定。 在本申请实施例另一些实施例中，PC 200可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件，或者组合某些部件，或者拆分某些部件，或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件，软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。
其中，处理器210可以包括一个或多个处理单元，处理器210可以用于对PC 200的动作进行控制管理。存储器220用于存储程序代码和数据。通信模块230可以用于PC 200的各个内部模块之间的通信、或者PC 200和其他外部设备之间的通信等。示例性的，如果PC 200通过有线连接的方式和其他电子设备通信，通信模块230可以包括接口等，例如USB接口，该USB接口可以参照图1中对USB接口130的描述。或者，通信模块230可以包括音频器件、射频电路、蓝牙芯片、无线保真(wireless fidelity，Wi-Fi)芯片、近距离无线通讯技术(near-field communication，NFC)模块等，可以实现PC 200与其他电子设备之间的交互。显示屏240用于显示图像、视频等。
可选地，PC 200还可以包括外设设备250，例如鼠标、键盘、扬声器、麦克风等。
在本申请实施例中，处理器210可执行存储器220存储的计算机执行指令，以使PC 200可以和手机100组成相互通信的电子设备***，进一步通过PC 200的显示屏240显示手机100的一个或多个窗口。
图3是本申请实施例提供的一例手机100和PC 200的软件结构框图，其中，该框图包括手机100的软件结构和PC 200的多屏协同窗口模块的软件结构。
手机100的软件结构可以采用
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000001
***的分层架构、鸿蒙***(Harmony OS)架构、事件驱动架构，微核架构，微服务架构，或云架构等软件***。PC 200的软件结构可以采用
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000002
***、
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000003
***、
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000004
***等软件***，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
示例性的，本申请实施例以手机100具有分层架构的
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000005
***、PC 200具有
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000006
***为例，介绍如图3所示的一种可能的软件结构。
具体地，对于手机100的软件结构，以
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000007
***为例，分层的结构将软件分成若干个层，每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中，将
Figure PCTCN2021110295-appb-000008
***从上至下分别包括应用程序(application，APP)层，应用程序框架(framework)层，***库、内核层以及网络传输层等。
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。例如图3所示的手机100，应用程序层可以包括短信、音乐、视频、导航等应用程序，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
本申请实施例中，可以在应用程序层和应用程序框架层设置多屏框架服务层，或者称为“多屏框架服务模块”，应理解，该多屏框架服务模块也可以被划分到应用程序框架层，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
示例性的，如图3所示，多屏框架服务模块可以包括多窗口管理器、窗口坐标同步模块、消息通知管理器等。
多窗口管理器用于管理手机100的窗口程序。示例性的，多窗口管理器可以获取手机100上待显示窗口的大小，判断该待显示窗口的内容等。应理解，手机100的待显示窗口可以包括手机100的界面上正在显示的窗口，还可以包括手机100后台运行的一个或多个应用程序的窗口。
消息通知管理器可以传递手机100的不同应用程序之间的消息，或者手机100和PC 200之间的消息等，本申请实施例对此不作赘述。
窗口坐标同步可以确定手机100的待显示窗口在PC 200显示屏上的坐标。当PC 200上显示的某个窗口被放大或者缩小，窗口坐标同步获取该窗口在PC 200上经过放大或者缩小更新的新的位置坐标等。
应用程序框架层可以包括多种服务程序或者一些预先定义的函数。应用程序框架层可以为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface，API)和编程框架。
在本申请实施例中，如图3所示，应用程序框架层可以包括内容提供器，视图***，通知管理器等。其中，内容提供器用来存放和获取数据，并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频，图像，音频等不同类型的数据。视图***包括提供给用户的可视控件，例如显示文字的控件，显示图片的控件等。视图***可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如，对于包括不同应用程序的图标的显示界面，可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息，可以用于传达告知类型的消息，显示的通知信息可以短暂停留后自动消失，无需用户交互，或者接受用户的关闭操作等。
***库可以包括多个功能模块。例如：表面管理器(surface manager)，媒体库(media libraries)，三维图形处理库(例如：OpenGL ES)，二维图形引擎(例如：SGL)等。其中，表面管理器用于对手机100的显示子***进行管理，并且为多个应用程序提供了二维和三维图层的融合。媒体库支持多种常用的音频，视频格式回放和录制，以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式，例如:MPEG4，H.264，MP3，AAC，AMR，JPG，PNG等。三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图，图像渲染，合成，和图层处理等。二维图形引擎是二维绘图的绘图引擎。
安卓运行时(Android runtime)包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓***的调度和管理。
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动、蓝牙驱动、无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)驱动、近距离无线通讯技术(near-field communication，NFC)驱动等。
网络传输层可以用于不同设备之间的通信、数据传输等，例如蓝牙模块，通过在手机100和PC 200之间建立蓝牙通道，通过蓝牙通道传输数据或消息、指令等，此处不再赘述。
在本申请实施例中，手机100和PC 200之间的通信可以有多种不同的方式，例如手机100和PC 200之间连接可以包括有线连接或者无线连接等多种不同连接方式。
可选地，手机100和PC 200之间的有线连接可以是通过USB数据线连接，或者，手机100和PC 200之间的无线连接可以是通过建立Wi-Fi连接的方式。在本申请实施例中，当手机100和PC 200之间为无线连接时，手机100的内核层可以包括用于手机100连接无线保真(wireless fidelity，WIFI)模块，用于进行无线连接。
或者，借助于手机100和PC 200支持近场通信(near field communication，NFC)的功能，手机100和PC 200之间通过“碰一碰”功能进行靠近连接。当手机100和PC 200之间为NFC连接时，内核层还可以包括近距离无线通讯技术(near-field communication，NFC)模块，用于通过NFC实现手机100和PC 200的连接。
又或者，通过手机100和PC 200通过蓝牙扫码连接等。
又或者，随着通信技术的发展，通信带宽和速率逐渐提高，手机100和PC 200之间可能在不建立近场通信连接的情况下也可以传输数据。示例性的，未来的第五代(5th generation，5G)移动通信***等高速率通信方式的普及，手机100和PC 200可能通过5G通信就可以实现在PC 200上显示手机100的窗口，例如，通过在手机100和PC 200上安装不同或相同的应用，借助于5G通信网络传输数据。
应理解，本申请实施例对手机100和PC 200之间建立连接的方式不作限定。
综上所述，应用程序框架层可以实现PC 200和手机100的发现连接、调用MSDP服务等功能。此外，应用程序框架层的多屏框架服务还可以实现PC 200和手机100之间文件的拖拽与共享、单窗口模式的显示、应用协同的生命周期管理等功能。PC 200和手机100之间文件的拖拽与共享、PC 200显示手机100的一个窗口可以参照现有的方案，这里不再赘述。应用协同的生命周期管理是用于配置管理应用程序的软件工具，规定应用程序的生命周期等。
图3中还示出了PC 200参与本申请实施例的网络传输层和多屏框架服务模块，PC 200和手机100连接之后，该网络传输层用于和手机100建立连接，多屏框架服务模块用于显示手机100的一个或多个窗口。
应理解，PC 200可以包括多层架构，例如预研层、PC软件层、操作***(operating system，OS)层以及基础只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)多屏框架层等，其中，PC软件层可以运行可执行文件(executable file，exe)。例如在本申请中，PC 200可以预置用于多屏框架服务模块的exe程序，该多屏框架服务模块的exe程序可以在PC 200上体现为App的形式，或者通过运行该多屏框架服务模块的exe程序使得PC 200具有显示手机100的窗口的功能。本申请将PC 200的提供显示手机100的窗口的功能模块称为“多屏框架服务模块”，下面将重点介绍用于PC 200上用于显示手机100的窗口的多屏框架服务模块。
PC 200的多屏框架服务模块可以提供对应于手机100的多屏框架服务模块的相关服务的功能，多屏框架服务模块也可以包括多窗口管理器、消息通知管理器、手机窗口显示器等。其中，多窗口管理器可以接收手机窗口的信息显示一个或多个手机窗口，该手机窗口的信息可以包括手机窗口的坐标信息、手机窗口的显示内容信息等。多窗口管理器可以根据手机窗口的坐标信息，确定在PC 200的显示屏上显示手机100的一个或多个窗口。
手机窗口显示器根据手机窗口的显示内容信息，在PC 200的显示屏进行显示，手机窗口显示器可以用于显示手机100的一个或者多个窗口。
消息通知管理器可以用于在PC 200显示通知信息，例如以消息弹窗的方式、提示音等方式显示通知信息。
窗口坐标同步可以确定PC 200的显示屏上用于多屏协同窗口的坐标和区域。
应理解，对于PC 200和手机100之间建立链路之后，可以进行数据传输过程，该传输的数据可以包括界面内容的相关数据，还可以包括意图类指令传输，例如“touch event”等操作指令(例如启动、关闭、移动、拖动、点击、双击、右击、缩放应用等事件的指令)的传输；该传输的数据还可以包括PC 200和手机100之间定义的可解析的数据格式等，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
还应理解，除了图3中示出的多个层以及包括的多个功能模块之外，手机100和PC 200还可以有不同的划分方式或者包括更多的功能模块，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
为了便于理解，以下实施例将以具有图1所示硬件结构和图3所示软件架构的手机100，以及具有图2和图3所示软件结构的PC 200为例，介绍本申请实施例提供的切换窗口的方法，下面结合附图和应用场景，进行具体阐述。
图4是本申请实施例提供的一例PC的界面示意图。
应理解，在本申请实施例中，手机100和PC 200建立连接或者传输数据可以采用前述图3的相关内容中介绍的任意一种通信方式，此处不再赘述。
还应理解，在本申请实施例中，可以将PC 200上显示的手机主界面的窗口称为“主窗口”、“多屏协同窗口”或者“手机窗口”，该主窗口中，也可以打开某个应用窗口。将PC 200上独立于“主窗口”的其他窗口且用于显示手机运行某一个应用的界面的窗口称为“子窗口”或者“XXX应用窗口”。
此外，还应理解，本申请实施例所称的“多屏协同窗口”中的“协同”并不限定该PC 200上的主窗口和手机100界面的显示保持一致，换言之，多屏协同窗口和手机100的主界面的显示内容可以一致、也可以不同，用户在PC 200上运行手机100的任意一个应用时，该应用在手机100后台运行，不影响手机100的屏幕的显示内容，本申请实施例对手机100的显示内容不作限定。
图4中的(a)图示出了在解锁之后的手机100的主界面401，该主界面401显示了多款应用程序(application，App)，例如时钟、备忘录、视频、图库、邮件、计算器、天气和音乐等，应理解，主界面401还可以包括其他更多的应用程序的图标，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
此外，图4中的(a)图还示出了PC 200的界面，该PC 200的界面上，显示了多屏协同窗口10。如图4中的(a)图所示，手机100和PC 200在连接之后，PC 200的多屏协同窗口10可以和手机100显示相同的界面，例如手机100主界面401。
一种可能的显示方式中，多屏协同窗口10除了包括用于显示手机100的界面的区域之外，还可以包括不同的按钮和功能菜单，用户可以通过不同的按钮和功能菜单，切换多屏协同窗口10在PC 200的显示状态。
又一种可能的显示方式中，多屏协同窗口10可以以页签的形式显示多个应用窗口。
示例性的，如图4中的(b)图所示，该多屏协同窗口10可以被划分为顶端功能区域101、页签区域102、底部区域103和中间用于显示手机界面的区域104。
具体地，顶端功能区域101可以包括：
(1)按钮10-1，用于对该窗口进行设置，例如大小设置、显示层级设置等。示例性的，用户可以通过该按钮10-1设置多屏协同窗口10为置顶显示，即不论PC 200上显示多少个窗口，该多屏协同窗口10永远显示在最上层。
(2)最小化按钮10-2，用于将该多屏协同窗口10最小化显示到PC 200的底部的菜单区域。
(3)最大化按钮10-3，用于将多屏协同窗口10以最大尺寸显示在PC 200的显示屏上。
可选地，该多屏协同窗口10的最大尺寸可以适配于PC 200的显示屏的尺寸。例如， 该多屏协同窗口10的长宽比为固定值，可以和手机100的屏幕长宽比具有一定的比例关系。当多屏协同窗口10以最大尺寸显示时，高度可以和PC 200的显示屏的短边宽度相同，横向宽度可以基于固定的长宽比进行适配，保证多屏协同窗口10在PC 200上的显示和手机100的界面具有同样的长宽比，用户在PC 200上使用手机100的应用时，可以获得更接近手机屏幕显示效果的视觉效果，提高了用户体验。
或者，该多屏协同窗口10的最大尺寸可以和PC 200的显示屏的最大尺寸相同，以更好的利用PC 200的大屏优势，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
(4)关闭按钮10-4，用户可以点击该关闭按钮10-4关闭该多屏协同窗口10。
该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域102可以包括：
(1)一个或多个应用界面的页签。
用户可以点击每一个应用的页签，使得当前的显示手机界面的区域104显示该页签对应的应用界面，且被用户点击的应用页签显示为高亮状态，或者称为“被选中状态”、“焦点态”等。
可选地，对于同一个应用下的不同运行界面也可以用页签的方式区分，换言之，第一个页签对应的界面为备忘录主界面，第二个页签对应的界面为用户点击备忘录主界面进入的二级界面，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
或者，一个页签对应一个应用为例，即同一个应用下的不同运行界面都显示在一个页签所对应的界面中。在本申请实施例中，将以一个页签对应一个应用为例进行介绍。
一种可能的显示方式中，当用户通过该多屏协同窗口10开启了一个手机的应用时，可以在该多屏协同窗口10中显示该应用的运行界面，不以页签的形式显示，换言之，此时该多屏协同窗口10可以不包括页签区域102。当用户开启了两个或两个以上的手机的应用时，该多屏协同窗口10可以自动显示页签区域102，该页签区域102包括用户开启的多个应用的页签，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选地，页签区域102中多个应用的页签的排列顺序与手机后台运行的多任务应用的顺序保持一致。
示例性的，如图4中的(b)图所示，如果用户在PC 200的多屏协同窗口10中依次打开运行手机100的备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用、视频应用、邮件应用和计算器应用，那么在该页签区域102，按照用户打开每一个应用的顺序，依次显示备忘录页签、音乐页签、图库页签。
可选地，页签区域102中每一个应用页签都包括关闭按钮，用户可以点击应用页签的关闭按钮，关闭该应用且页签区域102不再包括该应用页签，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
(2)“更多”按钮10-5。受限于该多屏协同窗口10的宽度尺寸，部分无法显示的应用隐藏在该页签区域102的“更多”按钮105中。
示例性的，如图4中的(b)图所示，受限于该多屏协同窗口10的宽度尺寸，部分无法显示的视频应用、邮件应用和计算器应用，以列表的形式隐藏在“更多”按钮105中。本申请实施例对该多屏协同窗口10显示的应用页签的数量不作限定。
如图4中的(b)图所示，当多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面401时，页签区域102的备忘录页签、音乐页签、图库页签都为没有被选中的状态，称为“非选中状态”。
可选地，当多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面401时，页签区域102的每一个 页签对应的应用为手机100后台运行中的应用。
可选地，当多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的备忘录应用时，该备忘录应用也可以是手机100后台运行中的应用。示例性的，手机100的界面不显示该备忘录的界面时，即使多屏协同窗口10当前显示备忘录应用的界面，该备忘录应用仍然在手机100后台运行，后续不再赘述。
当用户执行如图4中的(b)图所示的操作，点击备忘录页签，响应于用户的点击操作，如图4中的(c)图所示，该多屏协同窗口10跳转显示备忘录应用的主界面，同时，备忘录页签显示为灰色示出的高亮状态(或者称为“选中状态”)。可选地，备忘录应用的主界面包括用户记录的会议安排等，这里对该备忘录应用的主界面的内容不再赘述。
或者，示例性的，当该多屏协同窗口10跳转显示备忘录应用的主界面时，用户继续执行如图4中的(d)图所示的操作，点击音乐页签，响应于用户的点击操作，该多屏协同窗口10跳转显示如图4中的(e)图所示的音乐应用的界面。同时，音乐页签显示为灰色示出的高亮状态，备忘录页签取消高亮，为“非选中状态”。可选地，音乐应用的界面可以是用户之前开启的音乐应用二级界面——播放界面，这里对该播放界面的内容不再赘述。
需要说明的是，在本申请实施例中，所说的用户操作可以是用户通过鼠标、键盘等PC 200的外设输入设备执行的操作，例如用户通过鼠标的点击、双击、右击等操作；或者对于具有触摸显示屏的PC 200，用户操作还可以是在显示屏上的触摸操作、点击操作、滑动操作等，本申请实施例对用户的操作的类型和方式不作限定。应理解，本申请实施例中都以图4中的(b)-(g)图所示的黑色箭头表示用户操作，在后续实施例的描述中，不再对用户的操作进行赘述。
如图4中的(e)图所示，当该多屏协同窗口10显示音乐应用的播放界面时，用户点击“更多”按钮10-5，响应于用户的点击操作，紧邻该“更多”按钮10-5显示如图4中的(f)图所示的窗口105。可选地，该窗口105中以列表的形式显示多个应用名称，例如部分没有显示在页签区域102的应用名称：视频、邮件和计算器。
如图4中的(f)图所示，用户点击该窗口105的列表中的计算器，响应于用户的点击操作，该多屏协同窗口10跳转显示如图4中的(g)图所示的计算器应用的界面。同时，音乐页签签取消高亮，为“非选中状态”。
通过上述方案，手机100和PC 200的多屏协同过程中，在PC 200的显示屏上显示一个窗口——多屏协同窗口，并在该多屏协同窗口中启动并运行安装在手机100侧的一个或多个应用，且多个手机的应用可以以页签的形式，显示在该多屏协同窗口中，用户可以通过点击任意一个应用的页签，使得该多屏协同窗口跳转显示该应用的运行界面。当手机100后台运行的应用较多时，还可以将多个应用中部分应用的页签收起在更多按钮中，用户可以通过点击更多按钮，进一步显示后台运行的全部应用列表。用户可以通过页签、或者更多按钮中的应用列表等，快速地从当前使用的应用切换至其他任意一款后台运行中的应用，并在该多屏协同窗口中显示用户选中的应用的运行界面。该方法操作简单，用户可以快速地从当前使用的应用切换至其他后台运行中的应用，提高了操作效率，提升了用户体验。
此外，该多屏协同窗口10底部区域103可以包括：
(1)上一级按钮10-6，用于从当前的显示界面返回上一级界面。
示例性的，如图4中的(e)图所示，当该多屏协同窗口10的显示了音乐应用的二级界面——播放界面时，用户点击该上一级按钮10-6可以返回音乐应用的一级界面——包括音乐推荐、电台、音乐列表的音乐应用的主界面；如果用户再次点击该上一级按钮10-6可以返回到手机100的主界面。
可选地，当该多屏协同窗口10显示的是手机100的主界面401时，该上一级按钮10-6可以显示为灰色状态，用于提示用户该上一级按钮10-6当前无法被执行点击操作。换言之，手机100的主界面401可以作为每一个应用的主界面的上一级界面，手机100的主界面401本身可以没有上一级界面。
(2)主页按钮10-7，用户点击该主页按钮10-7，可以将该多屏协同窗口10快捷返回到手机100的主界面401。
(3)多任务按钮10-8，用户点击该多任务按钮10-8，可以将该多屏协同窗口10快速进入多任务切换界面。
再者，该多屏协同窗口10还包括用于显示手机界面的区域104。示例性的，如图4中的(b)图所示，区域104显示的是手机的主界面401，如果用户执行对备忘录页签的点击操作，区域104显示如图4中的(c)图所示的备忘录应用的主界面。或者，如果用户执行对音乐页签的点击操作，区域104显示如图4中的(e)图所示的音乐应用的播放界面。又或者，如果用户执行对更多按钮10-5中隐藏的计算器的点击操作，区域104显示如图4中的(g)图所示的计算器应用的界面。
应理解，以上介绍的顶端功能区域101和底部区域103可以理解为PC 200为该多屏协同窗口10提供的控制区域，该控制区域中所有的按钮和菜单都是用于控制该多屏协同窗口10；页签区域102用于在该多屏协同窗口10中切换不同应用的显示界面；区域104响应于用户的切换操作，或者开启某个应用的操作等，显示相应的界面。
还应理解，以上介绍了该多屏协同窗口10中的不同功能区域的划分方式，以及每个区域可以包括的按钮等，仅作为一种实例，该多屏协同窗口10还可以包括更多或更少的按钮、菜单、选项等，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
结合图4介绍了本申请实施例提供的一种可能的多屏协同窗口显示方法，通过该多屏协同窗口，用户可以开启一个或多个手机侧的应用，且多个手机的应用可以以页签的形式，显示在该多屏协同窗口中，用户可以通过点击任意一个应用的页签，使得该多屏协同窗口快速跳转显示该页签对应的应用界面。现有的多屏协同过程，在多屏协同窗口中仅可以显示当前正在运行的应用，如果用户需要从当前应用切换至后台的其他应用，可以通过多任务按钮进入手机的多任务页面，再选择期望切换的目标应用，该过程操作步骤繁琐，用户体验差。本申请实施例提供的方法操作简单，用户可以快速地从当前使用的应用切换至其他后台运行中的应用，提高了操作效率，提升了用户体验。
另一种可能的场景中，用户同时开启了多个应用窗口，且用户需要同时使用多个应用窗口获取多个应用的界面内容，或者，用户期望更好的利用PC的大屏显示视频等应用的界面，同时使用原较小的多屏协同窗口使用计算器等应用。在这种场景下，用户可能更希望通过不同的窗口显示不同应用的运行界面，因此，本申请实施例还提供一种切换窗口的方法，在用户使用多屏协同的过程中，可以方便用户更快捷地以多窗口的形式同时打开多 个应用。
图5是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图5中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10当前显示了备忘录应用的主界面，且备忘录页签显示为灰色示出的高亮状态。
示例性的，如图5中的(a)图所示，当用户点击选中备忘录页签且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动该备忘录页签，响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，如图5中的(b)图所示，在PC200的界面上以另一个悬浮窗口的形式显示备忘录应用窗口20。该悬浮态的备忘录应用窗口20可以跟随虚线示出的拖动方向，继续在PC 200的界面上移动。
可选地，悬浮态的备忘录应用窗口20可以具有透明度逐渐变化的动态显示效果。例如，从用户选中备忘录页签开始拖动的时刻起始，整个拖动过程中，悬浮态的备忘录应用窗口20由透明态逐渐变为半透明态，具有透明度逐渐降低的动态显示效果，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
当用户将选中的该备忘录应用窗口20拖动到PC 200上和多屏协同窗口10所在区域之外的位置时，释放该备忘录应用窗口20，响应于用户的释放操作，如图5中的(c)图所示，在PC 200的界面上以另一个不同于多屏协同窗口10的窗口，显示备忘录应用的运行界面。同时，该多屏协同窗口10中，页签区域102中不再包括备忘录的页签，且按照页签的排列顺序，依次将音乐应用、图库应用的页签移动，补充原备忘录的页签的位置，隐藏在“更多”按钮中的视频应用也可以以页签的形式显示在页签区域102。换言之，用户可以通过选中并拖动备忘录页签的方式，将备忘录应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示备忘录的运行界面。
可选地，当用户释放该备忘录应用窗口20，备忘录应用以独立的备忘录应用窗口20显示在PC 200的界面上时，该备忘录应用窗口20可以显示为高亮状态(或者称为“焦点态”)，即该备忘录应用窗口20显示在PC 200的第一层级，或者称为最上面层级。
可选地，当用户释放该备忘录应用窗口20，该备忘录应用窗口20可以在无限接近该多屏协同窗口10且与多屏协同窗口10不重叠的位置显示；或者，以用户释放该备忘录应用窗口20的位置为中心，显示该备忘录应用窗口20；又或者，结合PC 200上的显示内容，优先显示在PC 200的显示屏的空白区域，不影响用户在PC 200上打开的网页、文档等窗口，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
一种可能的显示方式中，该多屏协同窗口10中，可以继续跳转显示手机100的主界面401，且音乐页签、图库页签和视频页签显示为非选中状态。
或者，该多屏协同窗口10中，可以显示排列在备忘录页签之后的音乐页签对应的音乐应用的运行界面，且音乐页签为高亮状态，图库页签和视频页签显示为非选中状态，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
同样地操作，用户可以选中并拖动音乐页签，如图5中的(d)图所示，在PC 200的界面上以不同于多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20的另一个窗口——音乐应用窗口30，显示音乐应用的运行界面。同时，该多屏协同窗口10中，页签区域102中不再包括音乐页签，且按照页签的排列顺序，依次移动图库页签、视频页签，补充音乐页签的位置，隐藏在“更多”按钮中的邮件应用也可以以页签的形式显示在页签区域102。
通过上述方案，用户可以通过选中并拖动页签区域的任意一个应用页签的方式，将该 页签对应的应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示该应用的运行界面。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验；此外，在该切换窗口的过程中，不会中断正在运行的应用的进程，提高了用户体验。
又一种可能的显示方式中，子窗口的数量可以具有预设数量限制，即最大数量上限。示例性的，如果PC 200上支持显示的手机窗口数量为3个，那么PC 200上支持显示的子窗口数量就可以是2个。
示例性的，如图5中的(e)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了3个窗口：多屏协同窗口10、备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30。
当用户选中并拖动多屏协同窗口10中的图库页签时，可以在PC 200的界面上自动显示提醒窗口106，用于提醒用户“打开的新窗口数量已达上限”，用户无法再按照前述介绍的选中且拖动操作，分离出该图库页签对应的图库应用窗口，此处不再赘述。
可选地，该提醒窗口106可以在用户释放图库页签之后自动消失，或者显示一定时长(例如5秒)后自动消失，本申请实施例对此不作赘述。
再一种可能的显示方式中，备忘录应用窗口20作为独立的子窗口，可以和主窗口——多屏协同窗口10具有不同的样式。
示例性的，如图5中的(c)图所示，多屏协同窗口10作为主窗口，备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30作为子窗口，主窗口和子窗口具有不同的样式。结合前述图4中介绍的该多屏协同窗口10可以包括的功能区域101、页签区域102、底部区域103和中间用于显示手机界面的区域104，可选地，备忘录应用窗口20可以包括如图5中的(c)图所示功能区域201和显示应用界面的区域202。其中，灰色示出的功能区域201包括的按钮可以和主窗口的功能区域101包括的按钮相同，例如按钮20-1、最小化按钮20-2、最大化按钮20-3和关闭按钮20-4。
可选地，主窗口和子窗口中的功能区域包括的同一个按钮，可以具有不同的功能，或者具有相同的功能。
一种可能的方式中，主窗口中的部分按钮，可以具有控制主窗口和子窗口的功能，而子窗口中的该按钮，仅具有控制该子窗口的功能。或者，对于同一个按钮，主窗口中的该按钮和子窗口中的该按钮具有相同的功能。
示例性的，图6是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图6中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10、备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30。
如图6中的(a)图所示，如果用户点击多屏协同窗口10的关闭按钮10-4，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200上显示如图6中的(b)图所示提醒窗口107，该提醒窗口107可以用于提示用户“当前运行的子窗口将被关闭，是否继续”。如果用户点击“继续”按钮，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200上显示如图6中的(c)图所示的界面，即同时关闭了PC200上的多屏协同窗口10、备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30。
另一种可能的方式中，如图6中的(d)图所示，如果用户点击备忘录应用窗口20的关闭按钮20-4，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200上显示如图6中的(e)图所示的界面， 仅关闭了该备忘录应用窗口20，并不影响多屏协同窗口10和音乐应用窗口30的显示，此处不再赘述。
应理解，以上以“关闭”按钮为例，介绍了主窗口和子窗口中关闭按钮的不同功能，其他按钮可以和“关闭”按钮类似，具有不同的控制功能。
或者，对于多屏协同窗口10最大化按钮，也可以仅仅具有控制多屏协同窗口10的最大化显示的功能，而不具有控制其他子窗口最大化显示的功能，本申请实施例对此不再一一赘述。
以上结合附图介绍了多屏协同窗口10多种可能的样式、包括的多种不同的按钮等，除此之外，多屏协同窗口和每一个独立的应用窗口还可以包括不同的按钮。
图7是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图7中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10、备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30，其中，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，假设手机后台至少运行了备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用、视频应用和邮件应用等多个应用，在该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域相应地显示了图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签，且图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签都为非选中状态。
可选地，在独立的备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30中，可以包括旋转按钮，如图7中的(a)图所示的旋转按钮20-6和旋转按钮30-6。
示例性的，如图7中的(a)图所示，当用户点击备忘录应用窗口20的旋转按钮20-6时，响应于用户的点击操作，该备忘录应用窗口20以如图7中的(b)图所示的横向显示备忘录应用的运行界面。且该操作不影响PC 200上的音乐应用窗口30和多屏协同窗口10的显示。
可选地，在PC上从“单窗口”切换到“多窗口”的过程中，如果检测到用户有旋转手机的操作时，响应于用户的旋转操作，切换出来的子窗口以用户旋转之后的样式进行显示。
应理解，每一个应用窗口的横向显示和纵向显示的尺寸可以根据该应用的待显示界面内容，以及PC 200的显示屏的尺寸大小等进行适配，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
通过上述方法，用户可以实现从PC显示的手机的多屏协同窗口中，切换出独立的子窗口，并在该独立的子窗口中显示某一个应用的运行界面，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势。此外，对于每一个子窗口，用户可以独立的执行关闭、最大化、最小化、隐藏等操作；且用户还可以通过在主窗口执行控制所有子窗口的操作，该方法操作简单便捷，用户可以结合当前的使用需求，同时使用手机的多款应用，提升了办公效率，提高了用户体验。
此外，除了上述图5中介绍的方法，用户还可以通过“更多”按钮，分离出隐藏在该“更多”按钮中的应用窗口。
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图8中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10当前显示了备忘录应用的主界面，且备忘录页签显示为灰色示出的高亮状态。
示例性的，当用户执行如图8中的(a)图所示的操作1，点击“更多”按钮10-5，响应于用户的点击操作，紧邻该“更多”按钮10-5显示窗口105。该窗口105中以列表的形式显 示部分没有显示在页签区域102的应用列表，该应用列表包括：视频、邮件和计算器。
以用户用过鼠标执行操作为例，当用户将鼠标放置于“计算器”应用上，PC 200的界面上可以自动显示提醒窗口108，用于提示用户“长按并拖动，可在新窗口中打开该应用”。用户可以按照该提醒窗口108的指示，执行如图8中的(a)图所示的操作2，选中窗口105中“计算器”应用所在菜单且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动。响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，如图8中的(b)图所示，在PC 200的界面上以另一个悬浮窗口的形式显示计算器应用窗口40。该悬浮态的计算器应用窗口40可以跟随虚线示出的拖动方向，继续在PC 200的界面上移动。
当用户将选中的该计算器应用窗口40拖动到PC 200上和多屏协同窗口10所在区域之外的位置时，释放该计算器应用窗口40，响应于用户的释放操作，如图8中的(c)图所示，在PC 200的界面上以另一个不同于多屏协同窗口10的窗口，显示计算器应用的运行界面。
应理解，从“更多”按钮10-5中切换子窗口的过程不影响多屏协同窗口10的显示状态，例如如图8中的(c)图所示，该多屏协同窗口10和如图8中的(a)图所示的显示状态保持一致，都显示备忘录应用的运行界面，且备忘录页签显示为灰色示出的高亮状态。
还应理解，此时该多屏协同窗口10中“更多”按钮调用的窗口105中不再包括计算器应用。换言之，对“更多”按钮中隐藏的后台运行的计算器应用，用户可以通过选中并拖动该计算器应用的方式，将该计算器应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示计算器的运行界面。
为了简化，该窗口切换过程中的显示效果、显示位置、显示层级等可以参照图5中的相关描述，此处不再赘述。
同样地操作，用户还可以选中并拖动隐藏在该“更多”按钮10-5中的视频应用，如图8中的(d)图所示，在PC 200的界面上以不同于多屏协同窗口10和计算器应用窗口40的另一个窗口——视频应用窗口50，显示视频应用的运行界面。同时，此时该多屏协同窗口10中“更多”按钮10-5调用的窗口105中不再包括视频应用。本申请实施例对视频应用窗口50包括的按钮、控件等界面内容不作限定。
通过上述方案，用户可以通过选中并拖动页签区域的页签、或者选中并拖动隐藏在“更多”按钮中的应用名称的方式，将后台运行的任意一个应用以独立子窗口的形式，显示在PC的界面上。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验；此外，在该切换窗口的过程中，不会中断正在运行的其他应用的进程，提高了用户体验。
图9是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。如图9中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，且后台运行了手机100的备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用等多款应用。在该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面时，页签区域102显示的备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用都为非选中状态。
示例性的，如图9中的(a)图所示，用户点击该多屏协同窗口10的底部区域103的多任务按钮10-8，响应于用户的点击操作，该多屏协同窗口10显示如图9中的(b)图所 示多任务切换界面，该多任务切换界面以卡片的形式显示后台运行的音乐应用、图库应用、备忘录应用的缩略界面，用户可以通过左滑、右滑等方式查看其它后台运行的应用，此处不再赘述。
当用户将鼠标置于该多任务切换界面中的音乐应用卡片上，可以自动显示提醒窗口109，用于提示用户“长按并拖动，可在新窗口中打开该应用”。用户可以根据该提醒窗口109的提示，选中音乐应用卡片且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动，如图9中的(d)图所示，响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，在PC 200的界面上以另一个悬浮窗口的形式显示音乐应用窗口30。该悬浮态的音乐应用窗口30可以跟随虚线示出的拖动方向，继续在PC 200的界面上移动。
当用户将选中的该音乐应用窗口30拖动到PC 200上和多屏协同窗口10所在区域之外的位置时，释放该音乐应用窗口30，响应于用户的释放操作，如图9中的(e)图所示，在PC 200的界面上以另一个不同于多屏协同窗口10的窗口，显示音乐应用的运行界面。同时，该多屏协同窗口10中，该多任务切换界面仍然以卡片的形式显示后台运行的应用的缩略界面。
应理解，此时，音乐应用虽然已经以独立子窗口的形式显示，但是仍然为手机后台运行的应用，因此，在如图9中的(e)图所示的多屏协同窗口10中，该多任务切换界面仍然包括的音乐应用卡片。
在一种可能的场景中，当用户再次将鼠标再次置于该多任务切换界面中的音乐应用卡片上，如图9中的(f)图所示，可以自动显示另一个提醒窗口111，用于提示用户“已在新窗口中打开”。换言之，对于已经在独立的子窗口中打开的应用，当用户使用相同的方法再次打开该应用时，可以通过提醒窗口的方式，向用户提示该窗口已经在新窗口中显示。该方法可以避免用户的误操作，提高了用户体验。
以上结合图9介绍了在多任务界面，通过选中并拖动多任务界面的任意一个应用卡片的方式，将该卡片对应的应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示该应用的运行界面。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验；此外，在该切换窗口的过程中，不会中断正在运行的应用的进程，提高了用户体验。
另一种可能的场景中，当用户在多屏协同窗口10中开启一个或多个应用时，该多屏协同窗口10还可以不以页签的形式显示多款后台运行的应用。针对该种场景，本申请实施例还提供另一种切换窗口的方法，也可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换。
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图10中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，该多屏协同窗口10不包括页签区域。
示例性的，如图10中的(a)图所示，用户点击(不限于单击、双击等操作)启动该多屏协同窗口10的备忘录应用图标，响应于用户的点击操作，该多屏协同窗口10显示如图10中的(b)图所示的界面。在该图10中的(b)图所示的界面上，功能区域101的标题由“多屏协同”转变为当前界面所属的应用——“备忘录”。且功能区域101的应用名称“备忘录”旁边包括按钮10-9，该按钮10-9作为一种快捷键，用于快速实现将当前应 用以独立子窗口的形式进行显示。
如图10中的(b)图所示，用户点击该按钮10-9，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200显示如图10中的(c)图所示的界面，自动将备忘录应用切换到独立子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20中，该多屏协同窗口10恢复显示手机100的主界面，且功能区域101的标题由“备忘录”转变为“多屏协同”。应理解，当功能区域101的标题显示“多屏协同”时，不包括按钮10-9。
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图11中的(a)图所示，假设在PC 200的界面上的多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的备忘录应用的二级界面，例如图11中的(a)图所示的“8月会议安排”界面可以是用户点击图10中的(a)图所示的备忘录应用运行的主界面上菜单——8月会议安排之后进入的二级界面，此处不再赘述。
示例性的，如图11中的(a)图所示，该多屏协同窗口10不论是显示备忘录应用运行的主界面，还是备忘录应用的二级界面，该功能区域101的应用名称“备忘录”和该功能区域101包括的按钮不变，例如应用名称“备忘录”旁边包括按钮10-9。
如图11中的(a)图所示，用户点击该按钮10-9，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200显示如图11中的(b)图所示的界面，自动将备忘录应用切换到独立子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20中，该多屏协同窗口10恢复显示手机100的主界面，且功能区域101的标题由“备忘录”转变为“多屏协同”，按钮10-9消失。
如图11中的(b)图所示，该备忘录应用窗口20的显示内容和图11中的(a)图中该多屏协同窗口10显示的备忘录应用的二级界面保持一致。换言之，将某一个应用从主窗口中切换出子窗口独立显示时，界面和原主窗口中该应用的运行界面保持一致。
此外，对比图10中的(c)图和图11中的(b)图，当备忘录应用窗口20显示备忘录应用的二级界面时，如图11中的(b)图所示，在应用名称——备忘录旁边可以包括“返回上一级”按钮20-5，而在图10中的(c)图中，备忘录应用窗口20显示备忘录应用的一级界面(主界面)时，不包括“返回上一级”按钮20-5。
如图11中的(b)图所示，用户点击该“返回上一级”按钮20-5，响应于用户的点击操作，该备忘录应用窗口20返回到如图11中的(c)图所示的备忘录应用的主界面，该“返回上一级”按钮20-5消失，此处不再赘述。
图12是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图12中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，该多屏协同窗口10的区域102可以作为不再显示应用页签，本申请实施例在该区域提供多种快捷按钮。
示例性的，如图12中的(a)图所示，区域102可以包括：
(1)切换子窗口按钮10-10，用于将当前的窗口中显示的界面切换到独立子窗口中进行显示，即快速实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换。
(2)旋转按钮10-11，用于将当前窗口由纵向显示变化为横向显示，或者将当前窗口由横向显示变化为纵向显示。
(3)截屏按钮10-12，用于截取屏幕的显示图像。可选地，该截屏按钮10-12可以用于截取主窗口的图像，也可以用于截取该截屏按钮10-12所在的屏幕的图像，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
应理解，区域102可以包括更多的其他按钮，或者包括上述中的部分按钮，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
还应理解，区域102可以作为PC 200为该多屏协同窗口10提供的控制区域，不受该多屏协同窗口10中显示的界面内容的影响，处于一直显示状态。
可选地，如图12中的(a)图所示，当该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面时，区域102的切换子窗口按钮10-10显示为灰色熄灭状态，表示该切换子窗口按钮10-10无法被点击，换言之，当前显示的手机100的主界面无法再以独立子窗口的形式显示。
示例性的，如图12中的(a)图所示，用户点击(不限于单击、双击等操作)启动该多屏协同窗口10的备忘录应用图标，响应于用户的点击操作，该多屏协同窗口10显示如图12中的(b)图所示的备忘录应用的运行主界面。且在该多屏协同窗口10中，区域102可以作为PC 200为该多屏协同窗口10提供的控制区域，不受该多屏协同窗口10中显示的界面内容的影响，处于一直显示状态。
可选地，如图12中的(a)图所示，当该多屏协同窗口10显示备忘录应用的运行主界面时，区域102的切换子窗口按钮10-10显示为黑色点亮状态，表示该切换子窗口按钮10-10可以被点击，换言之，当前显示的备忘录应用的运行主界面可以以独立子窗口的形式显示。
如图12中的(c)图所示，用户将鼠标置于该切换子窗口按钮10-10所在位置，PC 200紧邻鼠标光标所在位置显示提醒窗口112，用于提示用户“点击可将当前应用在新窗口中打开”。用户可以根据该提醒窗口112的提示，点击该切换子窗口按钮10-10，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200显示如图12中的(d)图所示的界面，自动将备忘录应用切换到独立子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20中，该多屏协同窗口10恢复显示手机100的主界面，且区域102的该切换子窗口按钮10-10转变为灰色熄灭状态。
以上结合图10、图11和图12，介绍了用户可以通过快捷按钮实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换。本申请实施例还提供另一种切换窗口的方法，也可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换。
图13是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图13中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，假设手机后台至少运行了备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用和视频应用等多个应用，在该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域相应地显示了备忘录页签、音乐页签、图库页签，视频应用隐藏在“更多”按钮中，且备忘录页签、音乐页签、图库页签都为非选中状态。
示例性的，如图13中的(a)图所示，用户右击该多屏协同窗口10的备忘录应用图标，响应于用户的点击操作，该多屏协同窗口10显示如图13中的(b)图所示的窗口113。在该窗口113中，包括多个对应不同操作的菜单，例如“分享”、“卸载”、“文字笔记”、“语音速记”、“拍照”、“待办”等多个菜单选项，每个菜单选项的功能可以参考现有技术，本申请实施例对不再赘述。
在本申请实施例中，在该窗口113中，增加菜单——“在新窗口中打开”，用户可以通过该新增加的菜单实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换。
示例性的，如图13中的(b)图所示，用户点击窗口113中的“在新窗口中打开”菜单，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200显示如图13中的(c)图所示的界面，自动将备忘录 应用切换到独立子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20中，该多屏协同窗口10恢复显示手机100的主界面，且该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域不再显示备忘录页签，按照后台运行顺序依次显示音乐页签、图库页签和视频页签，且音乐页签、图库页签和视频页签都为非选中状态。
以上介绍了多种可能的方法，来实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换。不论是用户的选中且拖动的操作，还是以快捷键、菜单的方式，都可以将某应用从主窗口切换到独立的子窗口中，并在该独立的子窗口中显示该应用的运行界面。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提高了用户体验。
此外，当PC 200的界面上已经以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，显示了多个不同应用的子窗口时，如果用户执行不同的操作，响应于用户的不同操作，PC 200的显示也会有所不同，下面结合附图，介绍几种可能的实现方式。
一种可能的实现方式中，当用户再次点击开启某个已经以独立子窗口的方式显示的应用时，响应于用户的操作，该应用的独立子窗口可以以动态闪烁、高亮等形式，向用户提示该应用的独立子窗口的显示位置、显示界面等。
图14是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图14中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，假设手机后台至少运行了备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用、视频应用和邮件应用等多个应用，且PC 200的界面上以独立的子窗口显示了备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30，在该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域相应地显示了图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签，且图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签都为非选中状态。
示例性的，如图14中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上，已经显示了独立于该多屏协同窗口10的备忘录应用窗口20。当用户点击启动该多屏协同窗口10的备忘录应用图标时，响应于用户的点击操作，该备忘录应用窗口20显示如图14中的(b)图所示的高亮状态，或者在PC 200上动态闪烁，或者显示为鼠标的光标所在的焦点态。
此外，该多屏协同窗口10的界面显示内容不发生变化，保持显示手机100的主界面。该方式可以避免用户操作导致在PC 200的界面上，多个独立子窗口同时打开运行同一个应用，节省PC 200的功耗，且更符合用户预期的操作结果。
又一种可能的实现方式中，当用户再次点击开启某个以页签方式显示的应用时，响应于用户的操作，该多屏协同窗口10跳转显示该页签对应的应用界面，且该应用页签显示为选中状态。
图15是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图15中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，假设手机后台至少运行了备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用、视频应用和邮件应用等多个应用，且PC 200的界面上以独立的子窗口显示了备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30，在该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域相应地显示了图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签，且图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签都为非选中状态。
示例性的，如图15中的(a)图所示，当用户点击启动该多屏协同窗口10的图库应用图标时，响应于用户的点击操作，该多屏协同窗口10跳转显示图库应用的主界面，且 图库页签显示为选中状态，即将用户当前期望开启的应用置顶，该方式更符合用户预期的操作结果。
另一种可能的实现方式中，当用户再次点击开启某个以页签方式显示的应用时，响应于用户的操作，该页签对应的应用可以以独立子窗口的方式，显示该应用的运行界面，且多屏协同窗口10中不再包括该应用页签。
图16是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图16中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10和独立的备忘录应用窗口20。其中，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，假设手机后台至少还运行了音乐应用、图库应用、视频应用和邮件应用等多个应用，在该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域相应地显示了音乐页签、图库页签和视频应用，且音乐页签、图库页签和视频应用都为非选中状态，邮件应用隐藏在“更多”按钮中。
示例性的，如图16中的(a)图所示，当用户点击启动该多屏协同窗口10的图库应用图标时，响应于用户的点击操作，将图库应用切换到以独立的子窗口的形式进行显示，该独立的子窗口可以显示如图16中的(b)图所示的图库应用窗口60，且该图库应用窗口60为动态闪烁或者高亮的选中状态。
同时，该多屏协同窗口10继续显示手机100的主界面，且该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域中不再包括图库页签，按照后台的应用运行顺序，该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域中显示音乐页签、视频页签和邮件页签，且音乐页签、视频页签和邮件页签都为非选中状态。
再一种可能的实现方式中，当用户再次点击开启某个已经以独立子窗口的方式显示的应用时，响应于用户的操作，该应用的独立子窗口还可以恢复为在主窗口中以页签形式，显示该应用的界面等。
图17是本申请实施例提供的又一例PC的界面示意图。如图17中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10、备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30。其中，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，假设手机后台至少运行了备忘录应用、音乐应用、图库应用、视频应用和邮件应用等多个应用，在该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域相应地显示了图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签，且图库页签、视频应用和邮件页签都为非选中状态。
示例性的，如图17中的(a)图所示，当用户点击启动该多屏协同窗口10的备忘录应用图标时，响应于用户的点击操作，PC 200的界面如图17中的(b)图所示，该备忘录应用窗口20消失，且该备忘录应用窗口20的显示界面恢复到多屏协同窗口10中继续显示，且该多屏协同窗口10中备忘录页签恢复为第一位的后台运行顺序，显示为选中状态。换言之，该场景下，***判断当前为用户期望恢复通过主窗口来显示备忘录应用的界面。
通过上述图14、图15、图16和图17的实施例，针对多种不同的场景，手机后台可以获取用户的操作，根据用户的操作区分操作的作用对象——执行相应操作的应用，进而判断该应用的运行状态和窗口显示状态，以得到更符合用户预期的操作结果。例如，该应用可能是已经在后台运行的应用，或者后台没有运行的应用。当该应用是已经在后台运行的应用时，本申请实施例会跳转至该应用的界面或者该应用的独立子窗口；当后台没有运行的该应用时，本申请实施例可以进一步在多屏协同窗口10中显示该应用的运行界面，或者以独立的子窗口显示该应用的运行界面，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
以上实施例主要介绍了在PC 200上，多屏协同窗口的显示过程，以及单窗口和多窗口的切换过程等。应理解，在该过程中，用户可以在PC 200上使用手机100安装的每一个应用，且该应用在手机100的后台运行，手机100可以不显示每一个应用的运行界面。在多屏协同过程，一种可能的方式中，用户也可能在手机100上执行一定的操作，即操作来源于手机100，此时与手机100相连接的PC 200也有多种可能的显示策略。
一种可能的场景中，当用户从手机100上执行对某个应用的操作时，PC 200的多屏协同窗口10(主窗口)可以和手机100的界面保持一致。当PC 200上还显示了一个或多个不同应用的子窗口时，该子窗口的显示不受用户在手机100侧的操作影响。
图18是本申请实施例提供的一例手机和PC多屏协同过程的界面示意图。如图18中的(a)图所示，手机100显示了解锁后的主界面401，PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10和独立的备忘录应用窗口20。其中，该多屏协同窗口10显示手机100的主界面，假设手机后台至少还运行了音乐应用、图库应用、视频应用和邮件应用等多个应用，在该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域相应地显示了音乐页签和图库页签，且音乐页签、图库页签和视频应用都为非选中状态。
示例性的，如图18中的(a)图所示，当用户在手机100的主界面401点击图库应用，响应于用户的点击操作，手机100显示如图18中的(b)图所示的图库应用的主界面402。
可选地，PC 200的界面上的该多屏协同窗口10可以同步显示手机100上图库应用的主界面402，如图18中的(b)图所示，该多屏协同窗口10跳转到图库应用的主界面，且该多屏协同窗口10的页签区域的图库页签显示为高亮的选中状态，本申请实施例对此不再赘述。
又一种可能的场景中，当用户对手机100执行锁屏操作时，PC 200的多屏协同窗口10(主窗口)和所有的以独立子窗口形式显示的应用窗口都进入锁屏状态。
图19是本申请实施例提供的又一例手机和PC多屏协同过程的界面示意图。如图19所示，用户将手机100解锁后，手机100显示了锁屏界面403，该锁屏界面403可以包括日期、时间等，以及滑动解锁提示信息。
相应地，如图19所示，PC 200的多屏协同窗口10和独立的备忘录应用窗口20都进入锁屏状态。可选地，该多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20上可以显示对用户的提示信息：已锁定，请在手机上解锁。
可选地，该多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20进入锁屏状态，可以理解为仅显示手机界面或手机的某一个应用界面的区域被锁屏，该多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20的控制区域为可操作的状态。
示例性的，如图19所示，多屏协同窗口10中的控制区域包括顶端功能区域101和底部区域103，该顶端功能区域101和底部区域103为正常显示，即该区域内的最大化按钮、最小化按钮、关闭按钮等所有的按钮还可以被点击，并执行相应的操作。对于该备忘录应用窗口20，顶端功能区域为正常显示，此处不再赘述。
通过上述方法，当用户对手机100执行锁屏操作时，PC 200的多屏协同窗口和所有的以独立子窗口中显示的应用界面都进入锁屏状态，该方法针对公司会议等多屏协同场景中，避免用户中途离开PC 200时，文件、数据等被其他的PC使用者窃取，可以提高用户多屏协同过程中的安全性。
结合上述附图，介绍了本申请实施例提供的在PC 200上显示手机的窗口的过程，以及在PC 200上从“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换过程，针对不同的过程，下面结合图3中的软件架构，介绍具体的底层实现流程。
图20是本申请实施例提供的一例窗口显示过程的示意性流程图，应理解，该方法300可以由手机的处理器来执行，具体地，由图3中介绍的多个软件模块协同执行，如图20所示，该方法300可以划分为以下两个阶段：
第一阶段：操作执行过程
应理解，该第一阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于：用户在PC 200上的多屏协同窗口10中触发“单窗口”切换为“多窗口”时，PC 200和手机100的交互过程。具体地，该操作执行过程包括：
301，用户在PC 200上执行选中操作。
示例性的，对于PC 200，用户可以是通过鼠标、键盘等外设输入设备执行的操作；或者，如果PC 200为具有触摸屏的设备时，用户的可以通过触摸点击、按压等执行的操作，对于用户的操作等请参考前述响应描述，此处不再赘述。
302，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块根据用户的选中操作，确定用户的选中的目标APP。
303，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块向手机100的多屏框架服务模块发送用户的操作信息和目标APP的信息。
可选地，这里用户的操作可以是一个操作事件(“touch event”)。PC 200的多屏框架服务模块可以根据该“touch event”确定操作信息，具体的该操作信息可以该“touch event”，此外，该目标APP的信息可以包括用户操作的目标APP的名称、ID、图标等至少一种信息，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
304，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向手机100的软件框架模块发送用户的操作信息和目标APP的信息。
可选地，结合图3所示的软件架构，手机100的软件框架模块可以包括不同层的多个模块，例如应用程序框架层的多个参与该过程的软件模块，此处不再赘述。
305，手机100的软件框架模块确定用户操作的操作信息和目标APP的信息。
306，手机100的软件框架发送用户操作事件给用程序层的目标APP。
307，目标APP响应于用户操作事件确定操作结果，并执行操作结果。
308，目标APP向手机100的软件框架发送操作结果。
309，手机100的软件框架向多屏框架服务模块发送该操作结果。
310，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向PC 200的多屏框架服务模块发送操作结果。
311，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块根据该操作结果，确定用户选中的目标APP窗口缩略图跟随用户的拖动轨迹移动。
示例性的，该第一阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于图5中的(a)图，用户选中备忘录页签，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块可以根据用户的选中备忘录页签的操作，确定用户选中的目标APP为备忘录应用。
示例性的，该第一阶段的操作执行过程还可以对应于图8中的(a)图，用户选中“更多”按钮10-5中的“计算器”名称，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块可以根据用户的选中“计算器”名称的操作，确定用户选中的目标APP为计算器应用。
示例性的，该第一阶段的操作执行过程还可以对应于图9中的(c)图，用户从多任务界面中选中音乐应用卡片，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块可以根据用户的选中音乐应用卡片的操作，确定用户选中的目标APP为音乐应用。
第二阶段：操作响应过程
应理解，该第二阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于：用户通过拖动页签、或者妥当应用卡片等过程中，PC 200和手机100的交互过程，且PC 200从“单窗口”显示切换为“多窗口”显示。具体地，该操作响应过程包括：
312，用户将目标APP窗口缩略图拖到终点位置并释放。
313，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块向手机100的多屏框架服务模块发送释放操作的操作信息。
314，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向手机100的软件框架模块发送释放操作的操作信息。
315，手机100的软件框架模块根据释放操作的操作信息，确定通过独立子窗口显示目标APP的界面。
316，手机100的软件框架模块确定子窗口的位置坐标，并获取目标APP界面内容。
317，手机100的软件框架模块向多屏框架服务模块发送子窗口的位置坐标信息和界面内容。
318，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向PC 200的多屏框架服务模块发送子窗口的位置坐标信息和界面内容。
319，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块根据子窗口的位置坐标信息和界面内容，显示目标APP的独立子窗口。
示例性的，该第二阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于图5中的(b)图和(c)图，用户选中并拖动备忘录页签，拖动过程中PC 200上显示备忘录应用的悬浮窗口，并最终显示独立的备忘录应用窗口20。
示例性的，该第二阶段的操作执行过程还可以对应于图8中的(b)图，用户选中并拖动“计算器”名称，拖动过程中PC 200上显示计算器应用的悬浮窗口，并最终显示独立的计算器应用窗口40。
示例性的，该第二阶段的操作执行过程还可以对应于图9中的(d)图和(e)图，用户从多任务界面中选中并拖动音乐应用卡片，拖动过程中PC 200上显示音乐应用的悬浮窗口，并最终显示独立的音乐应用窗口30。
还应理解，以上过程还可以对应于图10至图19等过程，当用户在PC 200上的多屏协同窗口10、或任意一个独立的应用子窗口中点击某个按钮或菜单的之后，PC 200和手机100的交互过程，PC 200可以将每一个用户的操作传递回手机100，并由手机100确定操作结果，再进一步将操作结果或者显示界面的变化等信息传递给PC 200，进一步PC 200根据手机100的指示更新相关的显示，此处不再一一赘述。
当PC上以从主窗口和多个子窗口的形式显示手机后台运行的多个应用界面时，不同的窗口之间、PC 200和手机100之间都可以进行文件共享。
图21是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。如图21中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20，其中，该多屏协同窗口10 当前显示了手机100的主界面，该备忘录应用窗口20显示了备忘录应用的运行界面。假设PC 200的桌面上包括一张花草图片70，用户可以通过选中且拖动花草图片70的方式，将该花草图片70拖拽至目标位置。
示例性的，如图21中的(a)图所示，当用户点击选中该花草图片70，且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动该花草图片70，直到将该花草图片70拖到备忘录应用窗口20的“8月会议安排”菜单所在位置处时释放，响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，如图21中的(b)图所示，该备忘录应用窗口20跳转显示备忘录应用的二级界面——8月会议安排菜单的界面，且该花草图片70被复制到“8月会议安排”的界面中。
可选地，在用户执行选中且拖动该花草图片70的过程中，可以在PC 200的界面上显示如图21中的(b)图所示的提醒信息，用于提示用户“复制到备忘录”，即当前用户正在执行的操作可以将该花草图片70复制到备忘录应用中。
图22是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。如图22中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20，其中，该多屏协同窗口10当前显示了手机100的主界面，该备忘录应用窗口20显示了备忘录应用的运行界面。
示例性的，如图22中的(a)图所示，当用户点击选中该花草图片70，且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动该花草图片70，将该花草图片70拖到多屏协同窗口10中手机100的主界面的任意位置处释放。响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，如图22中的(b)图所示，该多屏协同窗口10跳转显示手机100的文件管理界面。在文件管理界面上，显示该花草图片在手机100的存储位置。
可选地，从PC 200向多屏协同窗口10的手机100的主界面拖动图片时，可以将该图片存储在手机100内部存储的文件分享(例如Huawei Share等)的目录下。示例性的，如图22中的(b)图所示，当用户释放该花草图片70之后，该花草图片70显示在Huawei Share的文件列表中。
此外，文件还可以在PC 200上显示的多个窗口之间共享，即不同应用之间的文件共享。
图23是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。如图23中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20，其中，该多屏协同窗口10当前显示了手100的文件管理界面。在文件管理界面上，包括存储于手机100的文件分享(例如Huawei Share等)的目录下的花草图片，该备忘录应用窗口20显示了备忘录应用的运行界面。
示例性的，如图23中的(a)图所示，当用户点击选中存储在Huawei Share目录下的花草图片，且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动该花草图片，将该花草图片拖拽到备忘录应用窗口20的“8月会议安排”菜单所在位置处时释放。响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，如图23中的(b)图所示，该备忘录应用窗口20跳转显示备忘录应用的二级界面——8月会议安排菜单的界面，且在该8月会议安排菜单的界面上显示提醒窗口203，用于提示用户“是否允许备忘录访问您设备上的图片、媒体内容和文件”，用户可以根据指示授权或者禁止备忘录应用可以访问手机100上的图片、媒体内容和文件等。
示例性的，如图23中的(b)图所示，当用户点击选中始终允许按钮，授权备忘录应用可以访问手机100上的图片、媒体内容和文件之后，响应于用户的授权操作，如图21 中的(b)图所示，该备忘录应用窗口20显示的备忘录应用的二级界面上，已经将该花草图片复制到备忘录应用中，即该花草图片显示在“8月会议安排”的界面中。
可选地，在用户执行选中且拖动该花草图片的过程中，可以在PC 200的界面上显示如图23中的(b)图所示的提醒信息，用于提示用户“复制到备忘录”，即当前用户正在执行的操作可以将该花草图片复制到备忘录应用中，本申请实施例对此不再赘述。
图24是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。如图24中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10和备忘录应用窗口20，其中，该多屏协同窗口10当前显示了手100的文件管理界面。在文件管理界面上，包括存储于手机100的文件分享(例如Huawei Share等)的目录下的花草图片，该备忘录应用窗口20显示了备忘录应用的运行界面。
示例性的，如图24中的(a)图所示，当用户点击选中存储在Huawei Share目录下的花草图片，且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动该花草图片，将该花草图片拖到PC 200的界面上不显示手机应用窗口的任意位置处时释放。响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，如图24中的(b)图所示，该花草图片就被复制到PC 200的桌面上，显示位置可以是用户拖动轨迹的终点位置，或者在PC 200的界面上按照预设规律排列显示，并实际保存在PC 200的存储空间，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
可选地，在用户执行选中且拖动该花草图片的过程中，可以在PC 200的界面上显示如图24中的(a)图所示的提醒信息，用于提示用户“保存到本地图库”，即当前用户正在执行的操作可以将该花草图片保存到PC 200的本地存储空间中，如果用户不想保存到本地图库，可以立即终止该拖拽过程，本申请实施例对此不再赘述。
应理解，图24介绍了在PC 200上，从多屏协同窗口10(主窗口)向PC 200分享文件的过程，同样地，从独立的应用窗口(子窗口)向PC 200分享文件的过程，也可以参考该过程。示例性的，对于图23中的(c)图示出的场景，PC 200上的备忘录应用窗口20中显示的“8月会议安排”的界面上包括花草图片，用户可以从“8月会议安排”的界面上将该花草图片选中并拖拽到PC 200的主界面上，并实现将该花草图片保存在PC 200的存储空间，本申请实施例对此不再赘述。
图25是本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。如图25中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10、备忘录应用窗口20和图库应用窗口60。其中，该多屏协同窗口10当前显示了手机100的主界面，该备忘录应用窗口20显示了备忘录应用的运行界面，该图库应用窗口60显示了多张图片的界面。
示例性的，如图25中的(a)图所示，当用户点击选中该图库应用窗口60中的一张或多张图片，且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动该一张或多张图片，拖拽到多屏协同窗口10中手机100的主界面的任意位置处释放。针对该场景下的用户操作，如图25中的(b)图所示，该多屏协同窗口10、该备忘录应用窗口20和该图库应用窗口60的显示不发生变化。
应理解，该过程中，用户执行的操作可以理解为将选中的图库应用的一张或多张图片，复制到手机100中，但是，用户选中的该一张或多张图片本身就是存储在手机100的本地存储空间，因此，对于图25中的(a)图所示的操作，PC 200上的主窗口和所有子窗口的显示可以不发生变化。
可选地，用户选中一张图片时，该图片可以显示图25中的(a)图所示的被选中的角 标；同样地，当用户选中两张或两张以上的图片时，该多张图片都可以显示图25中的(a)图所示的被选中的角标，且在用户拖拽过程中，该多张图片可以显示为某一张图片的缩略图，本申请实施例对此不作赘述。
图26本申请实施例提供的再一例PC的界面示意图。如图26中的(a)图所示，在PC 200的界面上显示了多屏协同窗口10、备忘录应用窗口20和图库应用窗口60。其中，该多屏协同窗口10当前显示了手机100的主界面，该备忘录应用窗口20显示了备忘录应用的运行界面，该图库应用窗口60显示了多张图片的界面。
示例性的，如图26中的(a)图所示，当用户点击选中该图库应用窗口60中的一张或多张图片，且沿着虚线所示的方向拖动该一张或多张图片，拖拽到备忘录应用窗口20的“8月会议安排”菜单所在位置处时释放。响应于用户选中且拖动的操作，如图26中的(b)图所示，该备忘录应用窗口20跳转显示备忘录应用的二级界面——8月会议安排菜单的界面，将用户选中的图片复制到备忘录应用中，即该用户选中的图片显示在“8月会议安排”的界面中。
可选地，在用户执行选中且拖动该花草图片的过程中，可以在PC 200的界面上显示如图26中的(b)图所示的提醒信息，用于提示用户“复制到备忘录”，即当前用户正在执行的操作可以将该用户选中的图片复制到备忘录应用中，本申请实施例对此不再赘述。
应理解，以上介绍了用户选中一张图片时的显示过程，用户还可以点击多张图片，选中多张图片，同时执行拖拽操作；或者，用户可以同时选中图片、文档、表格等多种不同类型的文件，同时执行拖拽操作，本申请实施例对用户选中的文件类型和数量不作限定。
综上所述，通过图21至图26的过程，介绍了本申请实施例提供的一种分享文件的方法，该方法可以在手机和PC之间、以及手机的不同应用之间实现文件的共享，该过程操作便捷，可以通过简单的拖拽操作，实现文件、图片等传输，对于经常同时使用PC和手机的白领、学生等用户群体来说，在使用过程中，用户可以只关注PC的屏幕，通过PC访问手机的数据，不用频繁地在PC和手机之间切换，极大地提升了用户工作和学习的效率。
前述实施例结合图21至图26，介绍了本申请实施例提供的在PC 200上的不同窗口之间分享文件的过程，下面针对不同的过程，结合图3中的软件架构，介绍具体的底层实现流程。
图27是本申请实施例提供的又一例窗口显示过程的示意性流程图，应理解，该方法400可以由手机的处理器来执行，具体地，由图3中介绍的多个软件模块协同执行，如图27所示，该方法400可以划分为以下两个阶段：
第一阶段：操作执行过程
应理解，该第一阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于：用户选中待分享的目标文件之后，PC 200和手机100的交互过程。具体地，该操作执行过程包括：
401，用户在第一应用窗口中，选中并长按目标文件。
示例性的，该目标文件可以是图片、文档、文字等文件，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
402，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块根据用户在第一应用窗口中的长按操作，向手机100的多屏框架服务模块发送长按操作的操作信息。
403，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向软件框架发送长按操作的操作信息。
404，手机100的软件框架根据长按操作的操作信息，确定第一应用。
405，手机100的软件框架向第一应用发送长按操作事件。
406，第一应用响应于长按操作事件，确定第一操作结果。
407，第一应用向软件框架返回第一操作结果。
408，手机100的软件框架向手机100的多屏框架服务模块发送第一操作结果。
409，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向PC 200的多屏框架服务模块发送第一操作结果。
410，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块根据第一操作结果，确定第一应用窗口中的目标文件的缩略图跟随用户的拖动轨迹移动。
示例性的，该第一阶段的操作执行过程还可以对应于图23中的(a)图或者图24中的(a)图，用户在多屏协同窗口中选中Huawei Share目录下的花草图片，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块可以根据用户的长按操作，确定用户选中的是手机100本地存储的花草图片。
示例性的，该第一阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于图25中的(a)图，或者图26中的(a)图，用户在图库应用窗口60中长按目标图片，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块可以根据用户的长按操作，确定用户选中的图库应用中的图片。
应理解，这里以第一应用窗口为手机100的应用窗口为例，介绍该文件分享的实现过程，可选地，该第一应用窗口可以是PC 200自身的窗口，例如第一应用窗口是PC 200的显示屏上显示的主窗口，本申请实施例对此不作限定。示例性的，该第一阶段的操作执行过程还可以对应于图21中的(a)图，或者图22中的(a)图，PC 200可以根据用户的长按操作，确定用户选中的PC 200的桌面上本地存储的花草图片。
第二阶段：操作响应过程
411，用户将目标文本拖入到第二应用窗口并释放。
412，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块根据用户在第二应用窗口中的释放操作，向手机100的多屏框架服务模块发送释放操作的操作信息。
413，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向软件框架发送操作信息。
414，手机100的软件框架根据该释放操作的操作信息，确定第二应用。
415，手机100的软件框架向第二应用发送该释放操作的操作信息。
416，第二应用向手机100的多屏框架服务模块请求复制目标文件。
417，手机100的多屏框架服务模块根据该请求，确定第二操作结果。应理解，该417的过程可以由多屏框架服务模块判断是否可以复制该目标文件到第二应用。
具体地，在步骤417中，在用户通过拖拽操作分享文件的过程中，手机100可以根据用户选中的目标文件的源位置和目的位置，先确定目标文件的源位置是PC 200或者手机100，当目标文件的源位置为手机100时，进一步该目标文件的源位置为第一应用、第二应用或者手机本地存储等。此外，还可以确定分享到的目的位置为是PC 200或者手机100，当目的位置为手机100时，进一步该目的位置为第一应用、第二应用或者手机本地存储等，并确定拖拽操作的操作结果。
示例性的，图28是本申请实施例提供的一例拖拽策略的示意图。手机100的拖拽策略可以包括：
如图28中的(a)图所示，如果识别到用户的拖拽操作从主窗口到独立的子窗口，那 么手机100需要判断子窗口中应用当前界面是否支持拖入。当子窗口中显示的应用支持拖入目标文件的操作时，继续执行后续步骤418等；当子窗口中显示的应用不支持拖入目标文件的操作时，可以在子窗口上显示拖入禁用标识，用户释放后，该被拖拽的目标文件回到原位置。
如图28中的(b)图所示，如果识别到用户的拖拽操作从PC 200到独立的子窗口，那么手机100需要判断子窗口中应用当前界面是否支持拖入。当子窗口中显示的应用支持拖入目标文件的操作时，继续执行后续步骤418等；当子窗口中显示的应用不支持拖入目标文件的操作时，可以拖入手机100的文件管理路径中的Huawei Share界面，用户释放后，切换子窗口为文件管理路径中的Huawei Share界面，该被拖拽的目标文件保存到手机的本地存储。
如图28中的(c)图所示，如果识别到用户的拖拽操作从独立的子窗口1到子窗口2，那么手机100需要判断子窗口2中应用当前界面是否支持拖入。当子窗口2中显示的应用支持拖入目标文件的操作时，继续执行后续步骤418等；当子窗口2中显示的应用不支持拖入目标文件的操作时，可以在子窗口2上显示拖入禁用标识，用户释放后，该被拖拽的目标文件回到子窗口1的原位置。
如图28中的(d)图所示，如果识别到用户的拖拽操作从独立的子窗口1到主窗口，那么手机100需要判断主窗口中应用当前界面是否支持拖入。当主窗口中显示的应用支持拖入目标文件的操作时，继续执行后续步骤418等；当主窗口中显示的应用不支持拖入目标文件的操作时，可以在主窗口上显示拖入禁用标识，用户释放后，该被拖拽的目标文件回到子窗口1的原位置。
可选地，该第二操作结果还可以是不执行复制目标文件或保存目标文件的指令。示例性的，如图25中的(a)图所示，用户在图库应用窗口60中长按目标图片，手机100确定用户复制到的目标位置为手机100的主界面，但是，该目标图片本身就是存储在手机100的本地存储空间，因此，对于图25中的(a)图所示的操作，返回的第二操作结果是不执行复制目标文件或保存目标文件的指令，即PC 200上的主窗口和所有子窗口的显示可以不发生变化，此处不再赘述。
418，手机100的多屏框架服务模块向PC 200的多屏框架服务模块发送第二操作结果。
419，PC 200的多屏框架服务模块根据该第二操作结果，确定保存该目标文件，或者在该第二应用窗口中复制该目标文件。
示例性的，该第二阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于图23中的(a)图-(c)图，用户在多屏协同窗口中选中并拖动Huawei Share目录下的花草图片，拖动过程中PC 200上显示该花草图片的缩略图，并最终在用户释放的位置——备忘录应用窗口20中，复制该花草图片。
或者，示例性的，该第二阶段的操作执行过程可以对应于图24中的(a)图和(b)图，用户在多屏协同窗口中选中并拖动Huawei Share目录下的花草图片，拖动过程中PC200上显示该花草图片的缩略图，最终用户释放到PC 200桌面，因此保存该花草图片到PC 200的本地存储。
当以上的第一阶段的操作执行过程还可以对应于图10至图19的过程，当用户在PC200上的多屏协同窗口10、或任意一个独立的应用子窗口中点击某个按钮或菜单的之后， PC 200和手机100的交互过程，PC 200可以将每一个用户的操作传递回手机100，并由手机100确定操作结果，再进一步将操作结果或者显示界面的变化等信息传递给PC 200，进一步PC 200根据手机100的指示更新相关的显示。
以图7中的(a)图和(b)图所示的过程为例，对于独立的备忘录应用窗口20和音乐应用窗口30中，可以包括如图7中的(a)图所示的旋转按钮20-6和旋转按钮30-6。当用户执行点击旋转按钮的操作时，手机100也需要判断当前应用是否支持旋转，下面介绍几种手机100的判断策略。
图29是本申请实施例提供的一例窗口旋转显示的实现示意图。该实现过程中，PC 200的显示策略可以包括以下：
(1)如图29中的(a)图所示，如果应用A在主窗口中竖屏显示，当该应用A由主窗口切换到独立子窗口时，可以在子窗口中也保持为竖屏显示。当子窗口中检测到用户点击旋转按钮的操作时，该子窗口转变为横屏显示。
(2)如图29中的(b)图所示，如果应用A在主窗口中横屏显示，当该应用A由主窗口切换到独立子窗口时，可以在子窗口中也保持为横屏显示。当子窗口中检测到用户点击旋转按钮的操作时，该子窗口转变为竖屏显示。
(3)如图29中的(c)图所示，如果应用A在主窗口中竖屏显示，当该应用A由主窗口切换到独立子窗口时，且检测到用户旋转了手机100，该子窗口转变为横屏显示。
(4)如图29中的(d)图所示，如果应用A在主窗口中横屏显示，当该应用A由主窗口切换到独立子窗口时，且检测到用户旋转了手机100，该子窗口转变为竖屏显示。
通过上述实现过程，在PC上从“单窗口”切换到“多窗口”的过程中，可以检测用户的操作，如果检测到用户有旋转手机的操作时，或者用户点击子窗口的旋转按钮的操作，PC 200上切换出来的子窗口以用户旋转之后的样式进行显示。用户可以根据自己的显示需求，更换显示样式，操作简单，提高了用户体验。
应理解，在另一种可能的实现方式中，在手机和PC的多屏协同过程中，在PC上实现从“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，还可以是自动进行的。
图30是本申请实施例提供的一例自动切换窗口的场景示意图。
一种可能的场景中，如图30中的(a)图所示，在手机和PC的多屏协同过程中，如果用户在手机100上操作，使得手机100分屏显示两个应用的界面时，可以自动触发在PC 200上以两个窗口来显示该分屏显示的至少两个应用的界面。
可选地，该两个窗口可以包括主窗口和一个子窗口。示例性的，对于图30中的(a)图所示的分屏显示场景，PC 200上的多屏协同窗口10可以显示先开启的图库应用的界面，并自动分离出一个子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20，用于显示后开启的备忘录应用的界面，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
或者，该两个窗口可以包括两个独立的子窗口。示例性的，对于图30中的(a)图所示的分屏显示场景，PC 200上的多屏协同窗口10可以显示手机100的主界面，并自动切换出第一个子窗口——图库应用窗口60，显示先开启的图库应用的界面；并再切换出第二个子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20，用于显示后开启的备忘录应用的界面，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
另一种可能的场景中，如图30中的(a)图所示，在手机和PC的多屏协同过程中， 如果用户在手机100上操作，使得手机100以悬浮窗口的形式显示另一个应用的界面时，可以自动触发在PC 200上以两个窗口来显示两个不同的界面。
可选地，该两个窗口可以包括主窗口和一个子窗口。示例性的，对于图30中的(b)图所示的悬浮窗口显示场景，PC 200上的多屏协同窗口10可以显示手机100的主界面，并自动分离出一个子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20，用于显示后开启的备忘录应用的界面，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
或者，该两个窗口可以包括两个独立的子窗口。示例性的，对于图30中的(b)图所示的悬浮窗口显示场景，如果手机100的主界面上显示的是图库应用的界面，那么PC 200上的多屏协同窗口10可以显示手机100的主界面，并自动切换出第一个子窗口——图库应用窗口60，显示先开启的图库应用的界面；并再切换出第二个子窗口——备忘录应用窗口20，用于显示后开启的备忘录应用的界面，本申请实施例对此不作限定。
综上所述，本申请实施例介绍了多种多屏协同窗口的显示方法。通过该多屏协同窗口，用户可以开启一个或多个手机侧的应用，且多个手机的应用可以以页签的形式，显示在该多屏协同窗口中，用户可以通过点击任意一个应用的页签，使得该多屏协同窗口快速跳转显示该页签对应的应用界面。相比现有的多屏协同过程，在多屏协同窗口中仅可以显示当前正在运行的应用，如果用户需要从当前应用切换至后台的其他应用，可以通过多任务按钮进入手机的多任务页面，再选择期望切换的目标应用，该过程操作步骤繁琐，用户体验差。本申请实施例提供的方法操作简单，用户可以快速地从当前使用的应用切换至其他后台运行中的应用，提高了操作效率，提升了用户体验。
此外，本申请实施例还提供了一种切换窗口的方法，用户可以通过选中并拖动页签区域的页签、或者选中并拖动隐藏在“更多”按钮中的应用名称、或者选中并拖动多任务界面的任意一个应用卡片的方式，将手机侧的任意一个应用以独立子窗口的形式，显示在PC的界面上。该方法操作简单，可以快速的实现“单窗口”到“多窗口”的切换，在PC上以“主窗口+多个子窗口”的显示方式，更好的利用PC的大屏优势，提供用户在PC上使用手机应用的体验；此外，在该切换窗口的过程中，不会中断正在运行的其他应用的进程，提高了用户体验。
再者，在多屏协同过程中，针对用户分别在手机和PC上执行操作的多种不同的场景，手机后台可以获取用户的操作，根据用户的操作区分操作的作用对象——执行相应操作的应用，进而判断该应用的运行状态和窗口显示状态，以得到更符合用户预期的操作结果。
最后，本申请实施还提供了一种分享文件的方法，该方法可以在手机和PC之间、以及手机的不同应用之间实现文件的共享，该过程操作便捷，可以通过简单的拖拽操作，实现文件、图片等传输，对于经常同时使用PC和手机的白领、学生等用户群体来说，在使用过程中，用户可以只关注PC的屏幕，通过PC访问手机的数据，不用频繁地在PC和手机之间切换，极大地提升了用户工作和学习的效率。
可以理解的是，电子设备为了实现上述功能，其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件和/或软件模块。结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法步骤，本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以结合实施例对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本申 请的范围。
本实施例可以根据上述方法示例对电子设备进行功能模块的划分，例如，可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块，也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块可以采用硬件的形式实现。需要说明的是，本实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。
在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下，电子设备可以包括：显示单元、检测单元和处理单元。
需要说明的是，上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述，在此不再赘述。
本实施例提供的电子设备，用于执行上述显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法或者文件分享的方法，因此可以达到与上述实现方法相同的效果。
在采用集成的单元的情况下，电子设备可以包括处理模块、存储模块和通信模块。其中，处理模块可以用于对电子设备的动作进行控制管理，例如，可以用于支持电子设备执行上述显示单元、检测单元和处理单元执行的步骤。存储模块可以用于支持电子设备执行存储程序代码和数据等。通信模块，可以用于支持电子设备与其他设备的通信。
其中，处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框，模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合，例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合，数字信号处理(digital signal processing，DSP)和微处理器的组合等等。存储模块可以是存储器。通信模块具体可以为射频电路、蓝牙芯片、Wi-Fi芯片等与其他电子设备交互的设备。
在一个实施例中，当处理模块为处理器，存储模块为存储器时，本实施例所涉及的电子设备可以为具有图1、或者图2所示结构的设备。
本实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质，该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令，当该计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得电子设备执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法或者文件分享的方法。
本实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品，当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时，使得计算机执行上述相关步骤，以实现上述实施例中的显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法或者文件分享的方法。
另外，本申请的实施例还提供一种装置，这个装置具体可以是芯片，组件或模块，该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器；其中，存储器用于存储计算机执行指令，当装置运行时，处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机执行指令，以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中的显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法或者文件分享的方法。
其中，本实施例提供的电子设备、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品或芯片均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法，因此，其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果，此处不再赘述。
通过以上实施方式的描述，所属领域的技术人员可以了解到，为描述的方便和简洁，仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明，实际应用中，可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成，即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块，以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，应该理解到，所揭露的装置和方法，可以通过其它的方式实现。例如，以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的，例如，模块或单元的划分，仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分，实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式，例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置，或一些特征可以忽略，或不执行。另一点，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
另外，在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中，也可以是各个单元单独物理存在，也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现，也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机，芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read only memory，ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory，RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上内容，仅为本申请的具体实施方式，但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此，本申请的保护范围应以权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (30)

  1. 一种显示窗口的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一电子设备显示第一窗口，所述第一窗口包括第一页签和第二页签；
    所述第一电子设备接收第二电子设备发送的第一应用的第一界面信息；
    所述第一电子设备根据所述第一界面信息，在所述第一窗口中显示第一界面；
    当所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面时，所述第一电子设备接收对所述第二页签的第一操作；
    响应于对所述第二页签的所述第一操作，所述第一电子设备接收所述第二电子设备发送的第二应用的第二界面信息；
    所述第一电子设备根据所述第二界面信息，在所述第一窗口中显示所述第二界面，其中，所述第一应用和所述第二应用在所述第二电子设备运行。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    在所述第一窗口中显示所述第二界面时，所述第一电子设备接收对所述第一页签的第二操作；
    响应于对所述第一页签的所述第二操作，所述第一电子设备接收所述第二电子设备发送的所述第一界面信息；
    根据所述第一界面信息，所述第一电子设备在所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    当所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面时，所述第一电子设备接收对所述第一页签的第三操作；
    响应于对所述第一页签的所述第三操作，所述第一电子设备在所述第一窗口显示所述第二界面，在第二窗口显示所述第一界面，其中，所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口为所述第一电子设备上显示的不同窗口。
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第二窗口中显示所述第一界面后，所述第一窗口不包括所述第一页签。
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    当所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面时，所述第一电子设备接收对所述第二页签的第四操作；
    响应于对所述第二页签的所述第四操作，所述第一电子设备在所述第一窗口显示所述第一界面，在第二窗口显示所述第二界面，其中，所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口为所述第一电子设备上显示的不同窗口。
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第二窗口中显示所述第二界面后，所述第一窗口不包括所述第二页签。
  7. 根据权利要求1至6中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一窗口包括关闭按钮，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一电子设备接收对所述关闭按钮的点击操作，响应于对所述关闭按钮的点击操作，所述第一电子设备关闭所述第一窗口。
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法，其特征在于，当关闭所述第一窗口时，所述方法还包 括：
    所述第一电子设备关闭所述第二窗口。
  9. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一电子设备接收将第一文件移至目标窗口的第五操作，所述第一文件为所述第一电子设备存储的文件，所述目标窗口为所述第一窗口或所述第二窗口；
    若所述目标窗口中显示的界面为所述第一界面时，响应于所述第五操作，所述第一电子设备将所述第一文件复制至所述第一应用；
    若所述目标窗口中显示的界面为所述第二界面时，响应于所述第五操作，所述第一电子设备将所述第一文件复制至所述第二应用。
  10. 根据权利要求1至9中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第一电子设备显示所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口时，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一电子设备接收将所述第一窗口中显示的第二文件移至所述第二窗口的第六操作；
    若所述第二窗口中显示的界面为所述第一界面时，响应于所述第六操作，所述第一电子设备将所述第一文件复制至所述第一应用；
    若所述第二窗口中显示的界面为所述第二界面时，响应于所述第六操作，所述第一电子设备将所述第一文件复制至所述第二应用。
  11. 根据权利要求1至10中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一电子设备在所述第一窗口中显示多任务界面，所述多任务界面包括至少一个应用卡片，所述应用卡片包括第三应用卡片，所述第三应用卡片对应第三应用；
    所述第一电子设备接收对所述第三应用卡片的第七操作；
    响应于所述第七操作，所述第一电子设备接收所述第二电子设备发送的所述第三应用的第三界面信息；
    所述第一电子设备根据所述第三界面信息，在第三窗口中显示所述第三应用的所述第三界面，其中，所述第三窗口和所述第一窗口为所述第二电子设备上的不同窗口。
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法，其特征在于，当所述第一电子设备在所述第一窗口或所述第二窗口中显示所述第三界面时，所述方法还包括：
    响应于对所述第三应用卡片的所述第七操作，所述第一电子设备显示提示信息，所述提示信息用于提示用户所述第三应用已经显示。
  13. 一种显示窗口的方法，其特征在于，所述方法包括：
    第一电子设备接收第二电子设备发送的主界面的界面信息；
    所述第一电子设备根据所述主界面的界面信息，在第一窗口中显示所述主界面，所述主页面包括至少一个应用的应用图标，所述至少一个应用安装在所述第二电子设备上；
    所述第一电子设备接收对第一应用图标的第一操作，所述至少一个应用的应用图标包括所述第一应用图标；
    响应于所述第一操作，所述第一电子设备显示用于在第二窗口中打开所述第一应用的选项；
    所述第一电子设备接收对所述选项的第二操作；
    响应于所述第二操作，所述第一电子设备在所述第二窗口显示所述第一应用的界面， 其中，所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口为所述第二电子设备上的不同窗口。
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备显示窗口的数量最大值为N，N为大于或等于2的整数，所述方法还包括：
    当所述第一电子显示窗口的数量为N时，响应于所述第二操作，所述第一电子设备显示提示信息，所述提示信息用于提示用户所述第一电子设备的显示区域显示的窗口的数量已经达到最大值。
  15. 一种显示窗口的***，其特征在于，所述***包括相互通信的第一电子设备和第二电子设备，所述第一电子设备用于：
    显示第一窗口，所述第一窗口包括第一页签和第二页签；
    接收所述第二电子设备发送的第一应用的第一界面信息；
    根据所述第一界面信息，在所述第一窗口中显示第一界面；
    当所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面时，接收对所述第二页签的第一操作；
    响应于对所述第二页签的所述第一操作，接收所述第二电子设备发送的第二应用的第二界面信息；
    根据所述第二界面信息，在所述第一窗口中显示所述第二界面；
    以及，所述第二电子设备用于：
    向所述第一电子设备发送所述第一应用的所述第一界面信息；
    向所述第一电子设备发送所述第二应用的所述第二界面信息；
    其中，所述第一应用和所述第二应用在所述第二电子设备运行。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    在所述第一窗口中显示所述第二界面时，接收对所述第一页签的第二操作；
    响应于对所述第一页签的所述第二操作，接收所述第二电子设备发送的所述第一界面信息；
    根据所述第一界面信息，在所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面；
    以及，所述第二电子设备用于：
    向所述第一电子设备发送所述第一界面信息。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    当所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面时，接收对所述第一页签的第三操作；
    响应于对所述第一页签的所述第三操作，在所述第一窗口显示所述第二界面，在第二窗口显示所述第一界面，其中，所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口为所述第一电子设备上显示的不同窗口。
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的***，其特征在于，当所述第二窗口中显示所述第一界面后，所述第一窗口不包括所述第一页签。
  19. 根据权利要求15或16所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    当所述第一窗口中显示所述第一界面时，接收对所述第二页签的第四操作；
    响应于对所述第二页签的所述第四操作，在所述第一窗口显示所述第一界面，在第二窗口显示所述第二界面，其中，所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口为所述第一电子设备上显示的不同窗口。
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的***，其特征在于，当所述第二窗口中显示所述第二界面 后，所述第一窗口不包括所述第二页签。
  21. 根据权利要求15至20中任一项所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一窗口包括关闭按钮，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    接收对所述关闭按钮的点击操作，响应于对所述关闭按钮的点击操作，关闭所述第一窗口。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的***，其特征在于，当关闭所述第一窗口时，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    关闭所述第二窗口。
  23. 根据权利要求15至22中任一项所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    接收将第一文件移至目标窗口的第五操作，所述第一文件为所述第一电子设备存储的文件，所述目标窗口为所述第一窗口或所述第二窗口；
    若所述目标窗口中显示的界面为所述第一界面时，响应于所述第五操作，将所述第一文件复制至所述第一应用；
    若所述目标窗口中显示的界面为所述第二界面时，响应于所述第五操作，将所述第一文件复制至所述第二应用。
  24. 根据权利要求15至23中任一项所述的***，其特征在于，当所述第一电子设备显示所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口时，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    接收将所述第一窗口中显示的第二文件移至所述第二窗口的第六操作；
    若所述第二窗口中显示的界面为所述第一界面时，响应于所述第六操作，将所述第一文件复制至所述第一应用；
    若所述第二窗口中显示的界面为所述第二界面时，响应于所述第六操作，将所述第一文件复制至所述第二应用。
  25. 根据权利要求15至24中任一项所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    在所述第一窗口中显示多任务界面，所述多任务界面包括至少一个应用卡片，所述应用卡片包括第三应用卡片，所述第三应用卡片对应第三应用；
    接收对所述第三应用卡片的第七操作；
    响应于所述第七操作，接收所述第二电子设备发送的所述第三应用的第三界面信息；
    根据所述第三界面信息，在第三窗口中显示所述第三应用的所述第三界面，其中，所述第三窗口和所述第一窗口为所述第二电子设备上的不同窗口；
    以及，所述第二电子设备用于：
    向所述第一电子设备发送所述第三应用的第三界面信息。
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的***，其特征在于，当所述第一电子设备在所述第一窗口或所述第二窗口中显示所述第三界面时，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    响应于对所述第三应用卡片的所述第七操作，显示提示信息，所述提示信息用于提示用户所述第三应用已经显示。
  27. 一种显示窗口的***，其特征在于，所述***包括相互通信的第一电子设备和第二电子设备，所述第一电子设备用于：
    接收所述第二电子设备发送的主界面的界面信息；
    根据所述主界面的界面信息，在第一窗口中显示所述主界面，所述主页面包括至少一个应用的应用图标，所述至少一个应用安装在所述第二电子设备上；
    接收对第一应用图标的第一操作，所述至少一个应用的应用图标包括所述第一应用图标；
    响应于所述第一操作，显示用于在第二窗口中打开所述第一应用的选项；
    接收对所述选项的第二操作；
    响应于所述第二操作，在所述第二窗口显示所述第一应用的界面，其中，所述第一窗口和所述第二窗口为所述第二电子设备上的不同窗口；
    以及，所述第二电子设备用于：
    向所述第一电子设备发送所述主界面的界面信息。
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的***，其特征在于，所述第一电子设备显示窗口的数量最大值为N，N为大于或等于2的整数，所述第一电子设备还用于：
    当显示窗口的数量为N时，响应于所述第二操作，显示提示信息，所述提示信息用于提示用户所述第一电子设备的显示区域显示的窗口的数量已经达到最大值。
  29. 一种电子设备，其特征在于，所述电子设备包括：一个或多个处理器；存储器；多个应用程序；以及一个或多个程序，其中所述一个或多个程序被存储在所述存储器中，当所述一个或者多个程序被所述处理器执行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的显示窗口的方法。
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质，其特征在于，所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机指令，当所述计算机指令在电子设备上运行时，使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的方法。
PCT/CN2021/110295 2020-09-09 2021-08-03 一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和*** WO2022052671A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18/180,548 US11853526B2 (en) 2020-09-09 2023-03-08 Window display method, window switching method, electronic device, and system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010945665.5A CN114237779A (zh) 2020-09-09 2020-09-09 一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***
CN202010945665.5 2020-09-09

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/180,548 Continuation US11853526B2 (en) 2020-09-09 2023-03-08 Window display method, window switching method, electronic device, and system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022052671A1 true WO2022052671A1 (zh) 2022-03-17

Family

ID=80632593

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/110295 WO2022052671A1 (zh) 2020-09-09 2021-08-03 一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US11853526B2 (zh)
CN (1) CN114237779A (zh)
WO (1) WO2022052671A1 (zh)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116048317A (zh) * 2023-01-28 2023-05-02 荣耀终端有限公司 一种显示方法及装置
CN116088716A (zh) * 2022-06-13 2023-05-09 荣耀终端有限公司 窗口管理方法和终端设备
WO2024059958A1 (en) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 Citrix Systems, Inc. Switch between multiple screens by detecting cursor movement

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI812072B (zh) * 2022-03-16 2023-08-11 緯創資通股份有限公司 視窗排列方法及視窗排列系統
CN114816624A (zh) * 2022-04-02 2022-07-29 厦门亿联网络技术股份有限公司 一种双***的显示交互方法及装置
CN117348778A (zh) * 2022-06-29 2024-01-05 华为技术有限公司 屏幕录制和共享的方法及电子设备
CN116048341B (zh) * 2022-07-28 2023-09-15 荣耀终端有限公司 一种多屏协同方法及电子设备
CN117793237A (zh) * 2022-09-22 2024-03-29 荣耀终端有限公司 窗口显示方法和相关装置

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102098233A (zh) * 2009-12-11 2011-06-15 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 即时通讯软件中通讯窗口的控制方法及控制***
US20160216867A1 (en) * 2015-01-27 2016-07-28 I/O Interconnect, Ltd. Method for Launching Applications of Handheld Computer through Personal Computer
CN107085508A (zh) * 2017-03-27 2017-08-22 联想(北京)有限公司 一种信息处理方法及电子设备
CN110471639A (zh) * 2019-07-23 2019-11-19 华为技术有限公司 显示方法及相关装置

Family Cites Families (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002118738A (ja) * 2000-10-10 2002-04-19 Canon Inc 画像表示装置及び方法、該画像表示装置を用いた情報処理装置、並びに記憶媒体
US20050015731A1 (en) * 2003-07-15 2005-01-20 Microsoft Corporation Handling data across different portions or regions of a desktop
JP3847753B2 (ja) * 2004-01-30 2006-11-22 株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント 画像処理装置、画像処理方法、記録媒体、コンピュータプログラム、半導体デバイス
US8001483B2 (en) * 2007-02-13 2011-08-16 Microsoft Corporation Selective display of cursor
CA2621744C (en) * 2007-09-13 2016-10-04 Research In Motion Limited System and method for interfacing between a mobile device and a personal computer
KR101455983B1 (ko) * 2007-10-19 2014-11-03 엘지전자 주식회사 이동 단말기 및 이동 단말기의 정보 표시 방법
US8584024B2 (en) * 2008-02-01 2013-11-12 International Business Machines Corporation Avatar cloning in a virtual world
CN102257471B (zh) * 2008-10-26 2015-07-22 思杰***有限公司 一种用于在移动计算设备上显示在服务器上执行的应用的窗口的方法
US8910065B2 (en) * 2010-09-14 2014-12-09 Microsoft Corporation Secondary output generation from a presentation framework
WO2012046890A1 (ko) * 2010-10-06 2012-04-12 엘지전자 주식회사 이동단말기, 디스플레이 장치 및 그 제어 방법
US20130141331A1 (en) * 2011-12-02 2013-06-06 Htc Corporation Method for performing wireless display control, and associated apparatus and associated computer program product
KR101936075B1 (ko) * 2012-09-21 2019-01-08 삼성전자주식회사 이동통신 단말기를 이용한 디스플레이 장치의 데이터 표시 방법 및 상기 장치들
KR101933637B1 (ko) * 2012-12-20 2018-12-28 엘지전자 주식회사 전자 기기 및 전자 기기의 제어 방법
KR20150031098A (ko) * 2013-09-13 2015-03-23 삼성전자주식회사 화면 미러링 방법 및 그에 따른 디스플레이 기기
KR102084633B1 (ko) * 2013-09-17 2020-03-04 삼성전자주식회사 화면 미러링 방법 및 그에 따른 소스 기기
CN103955475B (zh) * 2014-03-31 2018-04-13 北京奇虎科技有限公司 一种网页标签信息的显示方法、装置和浏览器
KR102367551B1 (ko) * 2014-06-10 2022-02-25 삼성전자 주식회사 전자 장치의 정보 처리 방법 및 장치
KR102390082B1 (ko) * 2015-07-14 2022-04-25 삼성전자주식회사 전자 장치의 동작 방법 및 전자 장치
KR20170096408A (ko) * 2016-02-16 2017-08-24 삼성전자주식회사 어플리케이션을 표시하는 방법 및 이를 지원하는 전자 장치
CN106095273B (zh) * 2016-06-07 2019-06-25 联想(北京)有限公司 信息处理方法及电子设备
CN106095237B (zh) * 2016-06-08 2019-06-25 联想(北京)有限公司 信息处理方法及电子设备
US10853019B1 (en) * 2018-10-29 2020-12-01 BlueOwl, LLC Systems and methods for the secure synchronization of user interface state amongst computing devices
CN110515576B (zh) * 2019-07-08 2021-06-01 华为技术有限公司 显示控制方法及装置
CN114244949A (zh) * 2020-09-09 2022-03-25 华为技术有限公司 一种应用切换的方法和终端设备

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN102098233A (zh) * 2009-12-11 2011-06-15 阿里巴巴集团控股有限公司 即时通讯软件中通讯窗口的控制方法及控制***
US20160216867A1 (en) * 2015-01-27 2016-07-28 I/O Interconnect, Ltd. Method for Launching Applications of Handheld Computer through Personal Computer
CN107085508A (zh) * 2017-03-27 2017-08-22 联想(北京)有限公司 一种信息处理方法及电子设备
CN110471639A (zh) * 2019-07-23 2019-11-19 华为技术有限公司 显示方法及相关装置

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN116088716A (zh) * 2022-06-13 2023-05-09 荣耀终端有限公司 窗口管理方法和终端设备
CN116088716B (zh) * 2022-06-13 2023-12-08 荣耀终端有限公司 窗口管理方法和终端设备
WO2024059958A1 (en) * 2022-09-19 2024-03-28 Citrix Systems, Inc. Switch between multiple screens by detecting cursor movement
CN116048317A (zh) * 2023-01-28 2023-05-02 荣耀终端有限公司 一种显示方法及装置
CN116048317B (zh) * 2023-01-28 2023-08-22 荣耀终端有限公司 一种显示方法及装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20230259246A1 (en) 2023-08-17
CN114237779A (zh) 2022-03-25
US11853526B2 (en) 2023-12-26

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2022052671A1 (zh) 一种显示窗口的方法、切换窗口的方法、电子设备和***
WO2021227770A1 (zh) 应用窗口显示方法和电子设备
WO2022022495A1 (zh) 一种跨设备的对象拖拽方法及设备
WO2021052147A1 (zh) 一种数据传输的方法及相关设备
WO2021057830A1 (zh) 一种信息处理方法及电子设备
WO2020155876A1 (zh) 控制屏幕显示的方法及电子设备
WO2021129253A1 (zh) 显示多窗口的方法、电子设备和***
WO2021244443A1 (zh) 分屏显示方法、电子设备及计算机可读存储介质
KR102064952B1 (ko) 수신 데이터를 이용하여 어플리케이션을 운영하는 전자 장치
WO2021120914A1 (zh) 一种界面元素的显示方法及电子设备
WO2021036628A1 (zh) 一种具有折叠屏的设备的触控方法与折叠屏设备
US20200257411A1 (en) Method for providing user interface related to note and electronic device for the same
KR20150004713A (ko) 사용자 디바이스에서 어플리케이션 연동 방법 및 장치
WO2023226455A1 (zh) 应用图标的显示方法、电子设备及可读存储介质
WO2021175272A1 (zh) 一种应用信息的显示方法及相关设备
WO2023040666A1 (zh) 键盘显示方法、折叠屏设备和计算机可读存储介质
WO2024021519A1 (zh) 卡片显示方法、终端设备
WO2023221946A1 (zh) 一种信息的中转方法及电子设备
WO2021052488A1 (zh) 一种信息处理方法及电子设备
CN114461312B (zh) 显示的方法、电子设备及存储介质
WO2022228004A1 (zh) 多屏协同过程中恢复窗口的方法、电子设备和***
CN115016714B (zh) 电子设备控制方法、***、电子设备及存储介质
WO2022247614A1 (zh) 一种多界面显示的方法和电子设备
WO2022068628A1 (zh) 一种界面的分布式显示方法、电子设备及通信***
WO2022252939A1 (zh) 一种共享桌面的方法和电子设备

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21865727

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21865727

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1